(while-no-input): Don't splice BODY directly into the `or' form.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob5da53e40af1f21512927f74312eb74afec982d8c
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18310 14596))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18310 14567))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
70 ;;;***
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
81 ;;;***
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18363 3872))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
140 \(fn)" t nil)
142 ;;;***
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
151 \(fn)" t nil)
153 ;;;***
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
165 ;;;***
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18336
171 ;;;;;; 60192))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
253 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261 \(fn)" t nil)
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
288 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299 ;;;***
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18310 14580))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
330 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427 ;;;***
429 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
430 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
431 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18310 14567))
432 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
435 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
436 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
437 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
438 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
439 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
440 rule's `separate' attribute).
442 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
443 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
444 `separate' attribute set.
446 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
447 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
448 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
449 on the format of these lists.
451 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
454 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
455 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
456 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
457 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
458 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
459 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
460 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
461 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
462 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
463 options.
465 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
466 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468 Fred (123) 456-7890
469 Alice (123) 456-7890
470 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
471 Joe (123) 456-7890
473 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
474 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
475 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
480 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
481 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
482 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
483 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
484 align that section.
486 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
489 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
490 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
491 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
492 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
493 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
494 been used to align that section.
496 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
499 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
500 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
501 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
502 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
503 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
504 to be colored.
506 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
509 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511 \(fn)" t nil)
513 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
514 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516 \(fn)" t nil)
518 ;;;***
520 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
521 ;;;;;; (18376 17137))
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
526 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
528 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
530 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
532 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
536 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
538 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
540 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
542 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
544 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
546 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
548 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
550 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
552 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
554 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
556 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
557 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
558 \\<allout-mode-map>
560 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
561 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
562 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
582 and many other features.
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
673 Topic Encryption
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
719 Extending Allout
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
732 Terminology
734 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
759 Topic text constituents:
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
815 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
817 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
825 ;;;***
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18355 36599))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
831 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
833 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
842 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
847 ;;;***
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18310 14596))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
853 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
863 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
869 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
875 ;;;***
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18310 14567))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
881 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
884 \(fn)" t nil)
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
901 ;;;***
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18310 14597))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
907 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
924 \(fn)" t nil)
926 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
930 \(fn)" t nil)
932 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
938 ;;;***
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18310 14579))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
947 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
951 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
954 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
958 (defvar appt-audible t "\
959 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
963 (defvar appt-visible t "\
964 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
967 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
970 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
973 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
976 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
979 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
981 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
982 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
985 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
988 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
991 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
993 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
999 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1004 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1013 function.
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1018 \(fn)" nil nil)
1020 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18310 14567))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1034 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1044 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1052 normal variables.
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1056 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1058 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1076 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1081 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1098 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1111 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1120 bindings.
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1125 ;;;***
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18310
1128 ;;;;;; 14567))
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1131 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1140 archive.
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1146 ;;;***
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18310 14567))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1151 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1168 The variables are:
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1215 \(fn)" t nil)
1217 ;;;***
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18310
1220 ;;;;;; 14603))
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1223 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1228 How to quit artist mode
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233 How to submit a bug report
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1240 mouse-2
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1243 below).
1245 mouse-1
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1247 or pastes:
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1252 to new point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1269 lines
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Paste Paste Paste
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1281 or diagonally.
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1287 poly-lines.
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1307 some time to fill.
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314 Settings
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330 Drawing with keys
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351 Arrows
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1360 Selecting operation
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386 Variables
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1411 Hooks
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417 Keymap summary
1419 \\{artist-mode-map}
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1423 ;;;***
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18310
1426 ;;;;;; 14597))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1429 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1446 Special commands:
1447 \\{asm-mode-map}
1449 \(fn)" t nil)
1451 ;;;***
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1454 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1457 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1458 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1459 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1461 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1463 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1464 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1465 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1466 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1467 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1468 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1469 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1470 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1471 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1472 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1474 For example:
1475 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1476 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1477 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1478 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1479 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1481 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1485 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1486 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1487 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1488 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1489 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1490 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1492 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1494 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1495 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1496 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1497 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1498 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1499 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1501 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1505 ;;;***
1507 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1508 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1511 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1512 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1514 \(fn)" t nil)
1516 ;;;***
1518 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1519 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18310 14567))
1520 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1522 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1523 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1524 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1526 \(fn)" t nil)
1528 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1529 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1530 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1531 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1533 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1535 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1536 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1544 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1545 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1546 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1547 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1549 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1550 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1557 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1558 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1561 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1562 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1563 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1564 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1565 save the buffer too.
1567 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1569 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1571 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1572 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1573 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1574 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1575 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1576 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1578 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1579 directory or directories specified.
1581 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1583 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1584 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1585 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1587 \(fn)" nil nil)
1589 ;;;***
1591 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1592 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1593 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18310 14567))
1594 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1596 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1597 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1599 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1600 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1601 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1602 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1603 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1608 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1610 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1611 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1613 \(fn)" nil nil)
1615 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1616 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1617 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1619 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1620 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1621 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1622 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1623 reflected in the current buffer.
1625 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1626 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1627 writing before you save the file!
1629 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1633 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1636 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1637 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1639 \(fn)" nil nil)
1641 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1642 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1643 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1646 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1648 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1650 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1651 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1653 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1654 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1655 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1659 ;;;***
1661 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1662 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18310 14567))
1663 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1665 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1666 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1667 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1669 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1671 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1673 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1674 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1675 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1676 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1678 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1679 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1680 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1682 Effects of the different modes:
1683 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1684 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1685 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1686 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1687 a random distance & direction.
1688 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1689 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1690 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1692 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1694 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1695 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1696 definition of \"random distance\".)
1698 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1700 ;;;***
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1703 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
1704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1706 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1707 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1709 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1710 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1712 For example:
1714 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1715 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1716 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1717 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1719 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1721 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1723 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1725 ;;;***
1727 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1728 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1729 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1730 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1732 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1733 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1734 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1735 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1737 \(fn)" t nil)
1739 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1740 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1741 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1742 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1743 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1744 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1746 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1748 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1749 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1750 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1751 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1752 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1753 seconds.
1755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1757 ;;;***
1759 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1760 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18310 14580))
1761 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1763 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1764 Time execution of FORMS.
1765 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1766 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1767 FORMS once.
1768 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1769 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1770 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1772 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1774 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1775 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1776 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1777 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1778 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1780 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1782 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1783 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1784 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1785 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1786 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1788 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1790 ;;;***
1792 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18368
1793 ;;;;;; 33141))
1794 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1796 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1797 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1799 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1801 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1802 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1803 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1804 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1806 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1807 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1808 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1809 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1810 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1812 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1813 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1816 Special information:
1818 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1820 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1821 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1822 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1823 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1824 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1825 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1826 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1827 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1828 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1829 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1832 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1833 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1834 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1835 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1836 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1837 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1838 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1839 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1841 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1843 ----------------------------------------------------------
1844 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1845 if that value is non-nil.
1847 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1849 \(fn)" t nil)
1851 ;;;***
1853 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1854 ;;;;;; (18383 1614))
1855 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1856 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1858 (autoload (quote bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "\
1859 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1861 \(fn)" t nil)
1863 ;;;***
1865 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1866 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1867 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
1868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1870 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1872 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1873 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1874 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1876 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1878 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1879 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1881 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1883 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1884 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1888 ;;;***
1890 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18310
1891 ;;;;;; 14596))
1892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1894 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1895 Play blackbox.
1896 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1898 What is blackbox?
1900 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1901 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1902 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1903 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1904 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1905 your score.
1907 Overview of play:
1909 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1910 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1911 four.
1913 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1914 movement keys.
1916 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1917 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1919 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1920 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1922 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1923 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1924 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1925 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1926 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1927 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1929 Details:
1931 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1933 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1934 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1935 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1936 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1938 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1939 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1940 denoted by the letter `R'.
1942 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1943 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1944 denoted by the letter `H'.
1946 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1947 example.
1949 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1950 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1951 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1952 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1953 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1954 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1955 ray.
1957 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1958 degree deflection it causes.
1961 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1962 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1963 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1964 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1966 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1967 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1971 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1972 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1976 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1977 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1978 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1979 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1984 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1985 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1986 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1987 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1988 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1989 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1990 emerging from the box.
1992 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1994 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1996 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1997 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1998 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1999 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2003 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2004 a reflection.
2006 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2008 ;;;***
2010 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2011 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2012 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2013 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18310 14567))
2014 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2015 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2016 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2017 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2019 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2020 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2021 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2022 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2023 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2024 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2025 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2039 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2040 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2041 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2042 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2043 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2044 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2045 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2046 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2047 recent one.
2049 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2050 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2051 yank successive words.
2053 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2054 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2055 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2056 name of the file being visited.
2058 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2059 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2060 the list of bookmarks.)
2062 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2064 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2065 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2066 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2067 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2068 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2069 this.
2071 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2072 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2073 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2074 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2076 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2078 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2079 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2080 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2081 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2082 after a bookmark was set in it.
2084 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2086 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2087 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2088 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2089 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2091 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2093 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2096 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2097 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2098 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2100 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2101 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2102 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2104 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2105 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2106 name.
2108 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2110 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2111 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2112 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2113 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2114 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2115 this.
2117 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2120 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2121 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2122 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2123 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2124 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2125 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2126 probably because we were called from there.
2128 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2130 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2131 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2132 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2134 \(fn)" t nil)
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2137 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2138 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2139 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2140 \(second argument).
2142 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2143 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2144 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2145 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2146 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2148 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2149 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2150 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2151 `bookmark-default-file'.
2153 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2155 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2156 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2157 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2158 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2159 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2160 while loading.
2162 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2163 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2164 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2165 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2166 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2167 explicitly.
2169 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2170 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2171 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2172 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2174 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2176 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2177 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2178 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2179 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2180 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2182 \(fn)" t nil)
2184 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2186 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2188 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2190 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2192 ;;;***
2194 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2195 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
2196 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2197 ;;;;;; browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla
2198 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse
2199 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2202 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18310 14594))
2203 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2205 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2206 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2207 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2208 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2210 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2211 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2212 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2213 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2214 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2216 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2218 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2219 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2221 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2223 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2224 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2226 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2228 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2229 Not documented
2231 \(fn)" nil nil)
2233 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2234 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2235 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2236 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2237 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2238 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2240 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2242 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2243 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2244 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2245 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2246 narrowed.
2248 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2250 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2251 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2255 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2256 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2258 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2260 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2261 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2262 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2263 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2265 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2267 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2268 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2269 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2270 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2274 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2275 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2276 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2277 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2278 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2279 to use.
2281 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2283 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2284 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2285 Default to the URL around or before point.
2287 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2288 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2289 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2290 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2292 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2293 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2296 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2298 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2300 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2301 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2302 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2303 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2305 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2306 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2307 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2308 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2310 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2311 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2312 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2314 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2315 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2317 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2319 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2320 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2321 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2322 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2324 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2325 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2326 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2327 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2329 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2330 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2331 new tab in an existing window instead.
2333 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2334 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2336 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2338 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2340 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2341 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2342 Firefox.
2344 When called interactively, if variable
2345 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2346 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2347 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2348 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2350 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2351 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2352 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2354 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2355 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2358 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2359 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2360 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2361 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2362 URL in a new window.
2364 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2368 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2369 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2376 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2377 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2378 new tab in an existing window instead.
2380 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2381 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2383 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2385 (autoload (quote browse-url-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2388 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2390 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2391 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2392 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2393 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2395 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2396 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2397 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2398 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2401 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2406 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2408 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2409 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2410 program is invoked according to the variable
2411 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2413 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2414 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2415 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2416 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2418 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2419 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2423 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2424 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2425 Default to the URL around or before point.
2427 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2428 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2429 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2431 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2432 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2433 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2434 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2437 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2439 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2441 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2442 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2443 Default to the URL around or before point.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2447 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2456 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2457 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2464 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2465 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2472 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2476 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2477 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2485 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2486 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2487 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2488 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2489 current one.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2493 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2494 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2504 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2505 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2506 don't offer a form of remote control.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point.
2514 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2516 ;;;***
2518 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18310
2519 ;;;;;; 14596))
2520 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2522 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2523 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2525 \(fn)" t nil)
2527 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2528 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2530 \(fn)" nil nil)
2532 ;;;***
2534 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2535 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18310 14567))
2536 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2538 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2539 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2540 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2541 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2543 \(fn)" t nil)
2545 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2546 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2547 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2548 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2550 \(fn)" t nil)
2552 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2553 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2555 \(fn)" t nil)
2557 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2558 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2559 \\<bs-mode-map>
2560 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2561 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2562 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2563 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2565 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2566 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2567 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2568 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2569 name of buffer configuration.
2571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2573 ;;;***
2575 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2576 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18310
2577 ;;;;;; 14567))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2580 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2581 Keymap used by buttons.")
2583 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2584 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2585 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2587 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2588 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2589 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2590 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2591 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2592 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2594 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2595 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2596 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2597 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2599 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2601 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2602 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2603 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2604 specifying properties to add to the button.
2605 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2606 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2607 `define-button-type'.
2609 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2611 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2613 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2614 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2615 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2616 specifying properties to add to the button.
2617 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2618 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2619 `define-button-type'.
2621 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2623 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2625 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2626 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2627 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2628 specifying properties to add to the button.
2629 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2630 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2631 `define-button-type'.
2633 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2634 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2635 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2636 `make-text-button'.
2638 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2640 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2642 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2643 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2644 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2645 specifying properties to add to the button.
2646 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2647 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2648 `define-button-type'.
2650 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2651 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2652 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2653 `insert-text-button'.
2655 Also see `make-text-button'.
2657 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2659 ;;;***
2661 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2662 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2663 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2664 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2665 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18310 14580))
2666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2667 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2668 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2669 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2670 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2672 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2673 Not documented
2675 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2677 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2678 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2679 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2681 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2683 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2684 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2685 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2686 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2688 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2689 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2690 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2691 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2692 whether to compile it.
2694 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2696 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2697 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2699 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2700 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2702 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2703 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2704 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2705 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2706 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2707 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2709 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2711 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2712 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2713 Print the result in the echo area.
2714 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2719 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2720 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2722 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2724 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2725 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2726 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2727 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2728 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2729 all functions called by those functions.
2731 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2732 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2733 cons, etc.).
2735 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2736 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2737 invoked interactively.
2739 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2741 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2742 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2743 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2744 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2746 \(fn)" nil nil)
2748 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2749 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2750 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2751 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2752 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2753 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2754 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2755 already up-to-date.
2757 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2759 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2760 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2761 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2762 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2764 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2765 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2766 and corresponding effects.
2768 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2770 ;;;***
2772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18310 14579))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2775 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2777 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2779 ;;;***
2781 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2782 ;;;;;; (18310 14579))
2783 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2785 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2786 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2787 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2788 from the cursor position.
2790 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2792 ;;;***
2794 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2795 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2796 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2797 ;;;;;; (18310 14579))
2798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2800 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2801 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2803 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2804 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2806 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2807 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2812 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2814 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2816 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2817 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2819 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2821 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2822 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2824 \(fn)" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2827 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2828 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2829 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2831 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2833 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2834 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2835 This is most useful in the X window system.
2836 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2837 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2839 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2841 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2842 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2843 See calc-keypad for details.
2845 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2847 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2848 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2850 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2852 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2853 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2855 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2857 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2858 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2860 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2862 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2863 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2864 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2866 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2868 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2869 Not documented
2871 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2873 ;;;***
2875 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18310
2876 ;;;;;; 14567))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2879 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2880 Run the Emacs calculator.
2881 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2883 \(fn)" t nil)
2885 ;;;***
2887 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2888 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2889 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2890 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2891 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2892 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2893 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2894 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2895 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2896 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2897 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2898 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2899 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2900 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2901 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2903 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2904 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18310 14580))
2905 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2907 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2908 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2909 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2910 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2911 the screen.")
2913 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2915 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2916 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2917 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2918 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2919 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2920 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2922 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2924 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2925 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2926 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2928 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2930 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2931 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2932 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2934 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2936 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2937 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2938 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2939 displayed.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2943 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2944 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2945 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2947 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2949 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2950 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2951 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2953 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2955 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2957 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2958 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2959 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2962 calendar.")
2964 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2966 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2967 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2968 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2970 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2971 calendar.")
2973 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2975 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2976 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2977 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2979 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2980 calendar.")
2982 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2984 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2985 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2986 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2988 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2990 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2991 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2992 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2993 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2994 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2996 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2998 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2999 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3000 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3001 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3002 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3003 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3004 a function is also provided for this:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3007 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3008 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3009 date is not visible in the window.
3011 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3012 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3013 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3015 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3017 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3018 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3020 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3021 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3022 date is visible in the window.
3024 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3025 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3026 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3028 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3030 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3031 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3033 For example,
3035 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3037 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3039 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3041 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3042 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3044 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3045 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3047 MONTH/DAY
3048 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3049 MONTHNAME DAY
3050 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3051 DAYNAME
3053 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3054 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3055 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3056 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3057 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3058 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3059 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3060 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3061 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3062 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3063 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3064 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3065 in every week.
3067 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3068 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3069 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3070 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3072 DAY/MONTH
3073 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3074 DAY MONTHNAME
3075 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3076 DAYNAME
3078 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3079 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3081 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3082 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3083 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3084 window but will appear in a diary window.
3086 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3087 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3089 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3090 entries (in the default American style):
3092 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3093 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3094 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3095 21: Payday
3096 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3097 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3098 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3099 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3100 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3101 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3102 &* 15 time cards due.
3104 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3105 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3106 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3107 single diary entry
3109 02/11/1989
3110 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3111 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3112 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3113 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3114 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3115 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3117 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3118 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3119 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3121 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3123 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3125 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3126 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3127 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3128 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3129 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3130 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3131 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3132 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3133 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3134 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3135 details.
3137 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3138 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3139 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3140 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3141 documentation for these functions for details.
3143 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3144 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3146 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3148 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3149 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3151 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3153 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3154 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3156 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3158 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3159 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3161 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3163 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3164 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3166 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3168 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3169 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3170 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3172 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3174 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3175 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3176 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3178 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3180 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3181 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3182 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3183 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3184 full.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3188 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3189 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3190 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3191 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3194 DAY/MONTH
3195 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3196 DAY MONTHNAME
3197 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3198 DAYNAME
3200 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3201 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3202 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3204 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3205 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3206 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3207 `american-calendar'.")
3209 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3211 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3212 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3213 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3215 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3217 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3218 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3219 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3221 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3223 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3224 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3225 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3227 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3229 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3230 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3231 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3233 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3235 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3236 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3237 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3238 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3239 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3240 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3242 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3244 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3245 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3246 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3248 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3249 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3250 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3251 of the form
3253 #include \"filename\"
3255 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3256 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3257 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3258 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3259 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3261 For example, you could use
3263 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3264 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3265 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3267 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3268 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3269 lexicographic order.")
3271 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3273 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3274 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3275 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3277 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3279 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3280 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3281 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3282 diary display.
3284 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3285 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3286 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3287 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3288 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3289 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3290 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3292 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3293 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3294 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3295 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3296 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3297 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3298 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3299 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3301 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3303 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3304 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3305 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3306 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3307 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3308 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3309 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3311 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3313 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3314 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3316 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3317 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3318 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3319 of the form
3320 #include \"filename\"
3321 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3322 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3323 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3324 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3325 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3327 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3330 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3332 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3333 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3334 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3335 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3337 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3339 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3340 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3341 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3342 are holidays.")
3344 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3346 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3347 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3348 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3349 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3350 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3352 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3354 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3356 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3357 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3358 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3360 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3362 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3365 Oriental holidays.
3366 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3373 Local holidays.
3374 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3381 User defined holidays.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3390 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3392 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3394 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3398 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3402 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3405 Jewish holidays.
3406 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3408 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3410 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3413 Christian holidays.
3414 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3421 Islamic holidays.
3422 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3429 Baha'i holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3437 Sun-related holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3445 The frame setup of the calendar.
3446 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3447 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3448 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3449 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3450 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3452 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3454 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3455 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3456 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3458 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3459 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3463 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3464 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3465 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3467 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3468 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3469 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3470 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3472 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3474 ;;;***
3476 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3477 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18310 14584))
3478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3480 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3481 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3483 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3485 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3486 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3487 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3488 it fails.
3490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3492 ;;;***
3494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18310
3495 ;;;;;; 14597))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3497 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3499 ;;;***
3501 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3502 ;;;;;; (18368 29740))
3503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3505 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3506 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3508 \(fn)" nil nil)
3510 ;;;***
3512 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3513 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3514 ;;;;;; (18383 1613))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3517 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3518 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3519 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3520 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3521 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3522 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3523 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3525 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3527 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3528 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3529 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3530 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3531 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3537 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3538 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3539 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3540 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3541 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3543 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3545 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3546 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3548 Key bindings:
3549 \\{c-mode-map}
3551 \(fn)" t nil)
3553 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3554 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3556 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3557 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3558 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3559 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3560 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3561 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3562 message.
3564 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3566 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3567 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3569 Key bindings:
3570 \\{c++-mode-map}
3572 \(fn)" t nil)
3574 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3575 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3576 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3578 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3579 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3580 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3581 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3582 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3583 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3584 message.
3586 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3588 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3589 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3591 Key bindings:
3592 \\{objc-mode-map}
3594 \(fn)" t nil)
3596 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3597 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3598 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3600 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3601 Major mode for editing Java code.
3602 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3603 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3604 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3605 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3606 message.
3608 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3610 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3611 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3613 Key bindings:
3614 \\{java-mode-map}
3616 \(fn)" t nil)
3618 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3619 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3620 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3622 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3623 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3624 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3625 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3626 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3627 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3628 message.
3630 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3632 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3633 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3635 Key bindings:
3636 \\{idl-mode-map}
3638 \(fn)" t nil)
3640 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3641 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3642 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3643 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3645 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3646 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3647 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3648 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3649 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3650 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3651 message.
3653 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3655 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3656 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3658 Key bindings:
3659 \\{pike-mode-map}
3661 \(fn)" t nil)
3662 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3663 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3664 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3665 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3667 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3669 ;;;***
3671 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3672 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18355 36599))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3675 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3676 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3677 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3678 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3680 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3682 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3683 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3684 might get set too.
3686 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3687 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3688 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3689 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3690 way.
3692 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3693 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3694 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3695 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3696 a null operation.
3698 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3701 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3702 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3703 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3705 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3707 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3708 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3709 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3711 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3713 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3714 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3715 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3716 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3717 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3719 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3721 ;;;***
3723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18310
3724 ;;;;;; 14597))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3726 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3728 ;;;***
3730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18335 29123))
3731 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3732 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3733 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3734 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3736 ;;;***
3738 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3739 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3740 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
3741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3743 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3744 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3746 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3748 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3749 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3751 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3753 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3754 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3756 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3757 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3758 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3759 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3760 execution.
3762 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3764 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3766 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3767 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3769 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3770 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3771 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3772 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3774 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3775 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3776 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3777 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3778 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3779 `write' commands.
3781 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3782 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3783 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3786 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3787 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3788 semantics.
3790 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3792 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3794 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3796 STATEMENT :=
3797 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3798 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3800 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3801 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3802 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3803 | integer
3805 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3807 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3808 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3809 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3811 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3812 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3813 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3815 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3816 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3818 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3819 BREAK := (break)
3821 REPEAT :=
3822 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3823 (repeat)
3824 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3825 ;; (repeat))
3826 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3827 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3828 ;; (read REG)
3829 ;; (repeat))
3830 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3831 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3832 ;; (read REG)
3833 ;; (repeat))
3834 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3836 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3837 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3838 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3839 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3840 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3841 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3844 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3845 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3846 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3847 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3848 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3849 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3850 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3851 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3853 WRITE :=
3854 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3855 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3856 ;; representation.
3857 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3858 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3859 ;; (write r7))
3860 | (write EXPRESSION)
3861 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3862 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3863 ;; representation.
3864 | (write integer)
3865 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3866 ;; buffer.
3867 | (write string)
3868 ;; Same as: (write string)
3869 | string
3870 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3871 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3872 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3873 ;; representation.
3874 | (write REG ARRAY)
3875 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3876 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3877 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3878 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3879 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3880 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3882 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3883 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3885 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3886 END := (end)
3888 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3889 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3890 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3892 ARG := REG | integer
3894 OPERATOR :=
3895 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3896 + | - | * | / | %
3898 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3899 | & | `|' | ^
3901 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3902 | << | >>
3904 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3905 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3906 | <8
3908 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3909 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3910 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3911 | >8
3913 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3914 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3915 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3916 | //
3918 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3919 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3921 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3922 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3923 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3924 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3925 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3926 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3927 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3928 | de-sjis
3930 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3931 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3932 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3933 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3934 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3935 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3936 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3937 ;; byte of SJIS.
3938 | en-sjis
3940 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3941 ;; Same meaning as C code
3942 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3944 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3945 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3946 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3947 | <8=
3949 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3950 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3951 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3953 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3954 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3955 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3956 | //=
3958 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3961 TRANSLATE :=
3962 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3963 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3964 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3965 LOOKUP :=
3966 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3968 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3969 MAP :=
3970 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3971 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3972 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3973 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3974 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3975 MAP-ID := integer
3977 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3979 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3980 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3981 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3982 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3983 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3984 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3986 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3988 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3989 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3990 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3992 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3994 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3996 ;;;***
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3999 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4002 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4003 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4004 There are no special keybindings by default.
4006 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4007 to the action header.
4009 \(fn)" t nil)
4011 ;;;***
4013 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4014 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4015 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4016 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4021 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4024 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4025 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4026 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4027 the users will view as each check is completed.
4029 \(fn)" t nil)
4031 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4032 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4033 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4034 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4035 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4036 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4037 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4038 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4040 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4044 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4045 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4046 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4047 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4048 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4049 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4051 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4053 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4054 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4055 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4056 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4057 spacing are all verified.
4059 \(fn)" t nil)
4061 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4062 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4063 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4064 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4065 otherwise stop after the first error.
4067 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4069 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4070 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4071 Only documentation strings are checked.
4072 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4073 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4074 a separate buffer.
4076 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4078 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4079 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4080 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4081 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4082 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4088 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4089 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4090 if there is one.
4092 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4097 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4098 if there is one.
4099 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4101 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4105 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4107 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4110 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4111 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4112 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4113 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4115 \(fn)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4119 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4120 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4121 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4122 space at the end of each line.
4124 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4126 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4127 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4128 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4129 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4131 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4133 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4134 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4135 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4136 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4138 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4140 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4141 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4142 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4143 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4145 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4147 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4148 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4149 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4150 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4152 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4154 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4155 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4156 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4157 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4159 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4161 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4162 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4163 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4164 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4166 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4168 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4169 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4170 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4171 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4173 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4175 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4176 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4177 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4178 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4180 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4182 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4183 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4184 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4185 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4187 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4189 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4190 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4191 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4192 turn it off.
4194 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4195 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4196 checking of documentation strings.
4198 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4202 ;;;***
4204 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4205 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18310
4206 ;;;;;; 14591))
4207 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4209 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4210 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4211 Return the length of resulting text.
4213 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4215 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4216 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4218 \(fn)" t nil)
4220 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4221 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4222 Return the length of resulting text.
4224 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4226 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4227 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4229 \(fn)" t nil)
4231 ;;;***
4233 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4234 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18310 14567))
4235 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4237 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4238 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4239 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4240 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4241 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4242 editing and the result is evaluated.
4244 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4246 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4247 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4248 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4249 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4250 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4252 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4254 \(fn)" t nil)
4256 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4257 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4258 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4259 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4260 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4262 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4263 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4264 \\{command-history-map}
4266 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4267 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4269 \(fn)" t nil)
4271 ;;;***
4273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18310 14580))
4274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4276 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4277 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4278 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4279 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4280 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4281 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4283 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4284 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4286 ;;;***
4288 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4289 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4292 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4293 Not documented
4295 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4297 ;;;***
4299 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4300 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4303 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4304 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4305 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4306 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4308 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4309 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4310 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4311 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4313 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4314 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4316 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4318 ;;;***
4320 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18310
4321 ;;;;;; 14567))
4322 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4324 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4325 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4326 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4327 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4328 of `scheme-program-name').
4329 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4330 it is given as initial input.
4331 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4332 discards input when it starts up.
4333 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4334 is run).
4335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4337 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4338 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4340 ;;;***
4342 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4343 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
4344 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4346 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4347 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4348 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4349 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4350 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4351 ?* is used.
4352 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4354 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4355 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4356 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 ;;;***
4402 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4403 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4404 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18368 29739))
4405 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4407 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4408 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4409 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4410 ASCII table.
4412 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4413 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4414 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4415 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4417 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4419 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4420 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4421 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4423 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4425 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4426 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4427 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4429 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4431 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4432 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4433 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4435 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4437 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4438 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4440 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4441 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4442 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4444 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4445 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4447 \(fn)" nil nil)
4449 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4450 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4452 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4453 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4454 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4456 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4458 ;;;***
4460 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4461 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4462 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4463 ;;;;;; (18326 18335))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4466 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4467 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4468 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4469 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4470 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4471 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4472 functions have already modified the buffer.
4474 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4476 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4477 either globally or locally.")
4479 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4481 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4482 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4483 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4484 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4485 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4486 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4487 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4488 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4490 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4492 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4494 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4495 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4496 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4497 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4498 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4499 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4500 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4501 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4503 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4505 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4507 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4508 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4509 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4510 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4511 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4512 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4514 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4516 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4517 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4518 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4519 directory tracking functions.")
4521 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4522 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4523 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4525 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4527 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4529 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4530 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4531 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4533 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4535 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4537 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4538 Send COMMAND to current process.
4539 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4540 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4542 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4546 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4547 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551 ;;;***
4553 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18310
4554 ;;;;;; 14567))
4555 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4557 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4558 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4559 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4560 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4562 This command pushes the mark in each window
4563 at the prior location of point in that window.
4564 If both windows display the same buffer,
4565 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4566 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4568 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4569 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4570 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4571 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4572 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4573 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4574 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4575 ignored.
4577 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4578 this command work in interlaced mode:
4579 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4580 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4581 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4583 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4585 ;;;***
4587 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4588 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4589 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4590 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4591 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18355 36599))
4592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4594 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4595 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4597 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4599 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4600 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4602 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4604 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4605 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4606 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4607 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4608 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4609 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4610 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4612 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4613 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4614 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4615 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4616 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4618 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4619 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4620 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4621 describing how the process finished.")
4623 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4624 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4625 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4626 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4627 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4629 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4630 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4631 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4633 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4635 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4636 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4637 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4638 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4640 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4642 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4643 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4645 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4646 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4648 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4649 (lambda ()
4650 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4651 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4652 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4653 (concat \"make -k \"
4654 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4657 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4659 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4660 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4661 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4662 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4664 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4666 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4667 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4668 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4669 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4671 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4672 and move to the source code that caused it.
4674 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4675 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4677 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4678 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4679 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4680 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4682 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4683 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4684 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4685 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4687 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4688 kills its subprocesses.
4690 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4691 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4692 to a function that generates a unique name.
4694 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4696 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4697 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4698 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4699 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4701 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4702 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4704 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4705 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4706 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4707 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4709 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4710 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4711 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4713 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4715 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4717 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4718 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4719 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4720 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4721 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4723 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4725 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4727 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4729 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4730 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4731 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4732 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4733 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4734 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4735 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4739 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4740 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4741 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4742 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4743 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4744 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4748 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4749 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4750 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4752 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4754 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4756 ;;;***
4758 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4759 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4760 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4762 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4763 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4764 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4766 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4767 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4769 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4771 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4772 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4773 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4775 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4776 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4777 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4778 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4780 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4781 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4782 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4783 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4785 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4786 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4787 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4788 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4790 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4791 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4792 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4793 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4794 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4798 ;;;***
4800 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4801 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4802 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4804 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4805 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4806 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4809 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4811 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4813 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4814 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4818 ;;;***
4820 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4821 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4822 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4823 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18310 14567))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4826 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4827 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4828 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4829 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4830 `make-composition'.
4832 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4834 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4835 | | 1:tc or top-center
4836 | | 2:tr or top-right
4837 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4838 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4839 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4840 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4841 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4842 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4844 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4845 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4846 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4847 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4848 be added.
4850 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4851 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4852 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4854 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4855 | | |
4856 | global| |
4857 | glyph | |
4858 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4859 +----+--*--+
4860 | | new |
4861 | |glyph|
4862 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4865 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4866 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4867 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4868 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4870 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4872 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4873 Compose characters in the current region.
4875 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4876 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4878 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4880 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4881 specifying the region.
4883 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4884 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4885 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4887 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4888 of the text in the region.
4890 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4892 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4893 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4894 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4895 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4897 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4898 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4899 detail.
4901 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4902 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4903 text in the composition.
4905 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4907 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4908 Decompose text in the current region.
4910 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4911 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4913 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4915 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4916 Compose characters in string STRING.
4918 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4919 the characters in it.
4921 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4922 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4923 STRING respectively.
4925 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4926 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4927 `compose-region' for more detail.
4929 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4930 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4931 text in the composition.
4933 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4935 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4936 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4938 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4940 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4941 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4942 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4943 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4944 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4945 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4946 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4947 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4949 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4951 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4952 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4954 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4955 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4957 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4958 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4960 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4961 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4963 If no composition is found, return nil.
4965 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4966 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4968 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4969 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4970 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4972 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4974 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4976 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4977 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4978 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4980 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4982 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4984 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4986 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4987 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4989 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4990 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4991 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4992 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4993 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4994 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4995 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4996 nil.
4998 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5000 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5001 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5003 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5005 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5006 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5008 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5010 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5012 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5013 Compose last characters.
5014 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5015 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5016 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5017 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5018 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5019 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5020 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5021 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5022 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5023 after a sequence of character events.
5025 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5026 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5028 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5029 Convert CHAR to string.
5031 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5032 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5033 vector of CHAR respectively.
5034 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5036 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5038 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5040 ;;;***
5042 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5043 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5044 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5045 ;;;;;; (18310 14604))
5046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5048 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5049 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5050 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5051 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5052 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5053 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5054 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5056 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5057 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5058 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5060 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5061 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5062 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5064 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5065 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5066 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5067 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5069 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5070 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5071 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5072 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5073 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5074 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5075 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5077 \\{conf-mode-map}
5079 \(fn)" t nil)
5081 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5082 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5083 Comments start with `#'.
5084 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5086 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5088 \[Desktop Entry]
5089 Encoding=UTF-8
5090 Name=The GIMP
5091 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5092 Name[cs]=GIMP
5094 \(fn)" t nil)
5096 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5097 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5098 Comments start with `;'.
5099 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5101 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5103 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5104 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5105 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5107 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5108 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5110 \(fn)" t nil)
5112 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5113 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5114 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5115 between `/*' and `*/'.
5116 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5118 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5119 // another kind of comment
5120 /* yet another */
5122 name:value
5123 name=value
5124 name value
5125 x.1 =
5126 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5127 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5129 \(fn)" t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5132 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5133 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5134 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5135 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5136 `conf-space-keywords'.
5137 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5138 in an interactive fashion instead.
5140 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5142 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5144 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5145 image/png png
5146 image/tiff tiff tif
5148 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5149 class desktop
5150 # Standard multimedia devices
5151 add /dev/audio desktop
5152 add /dev/mixer desktop
5154 \(fn)" t nil)
5156 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5157 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5158 See `conf-space-mode'.
5160 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5162 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5163 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5164 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5165 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5167 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5169 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5170 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5172 \(fn)" t nil)
5174 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5176 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5177 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5179 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5181 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5182 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5184 \(fn)" t nil)
5186 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5187 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5188 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5189 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5191 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5193 *background: gray99
5194 *foreground: black
5196 \(fn)" t nil)
5198 ;;;***
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5201 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18310 14596))
5202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5204 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5205 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5206 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5207 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5209 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5211 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5212 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5213 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5214 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5216 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5218 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5219 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5220 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5221 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5223 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5225 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5226 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5228 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5230 ;;;***
5232 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5233 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18310 14580))
5234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5236 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5237 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5238 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5239 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5240 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5241 following the copyright are updated as well.
5242 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5243 interactively.
5245 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5247 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5248 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5249 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5251 \(fn)" t nil)
5253 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5254 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5256 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5258 ;;;***
5260 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5261 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18355 36599))
5262 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5263 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5264 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5265 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5266 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5267 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5268 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5269 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5271 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5272 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5273 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5274 Tab indents for Perl code.
5275 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5276 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5278 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5279 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5280 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5281 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5282 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5283 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5284 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5285 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5286 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5287 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5288 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5289 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5291 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5293 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5294 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5296 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5298 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5299 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5300 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5301 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5302 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5303 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5304 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5305 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5306 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5308 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5310 bite if angry;
5312 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5313 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5314 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5315 to nil.)
5317 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5318 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5319 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5321 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5323 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5324 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5325 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5326 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5327 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5329 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5331 if (A) { B }
5333 into
5335 B if A;
5337 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5339 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5340 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5341 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5342 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5343 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5344 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5345 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5346 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5347 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5348 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5349 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5350 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5351 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5353 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5354 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5355 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5356 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5357 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5358 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5360 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5361 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5362 man via menu.
5364 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5365 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5366 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5367 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5368 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5370 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5371 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5372 span the needed amount of lines.
5374 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5375 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5376 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5377 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5379 Variables controlling indentation style:
5380 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5381 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5382 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5383 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5384 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5385 `cperl-auto-newline'
5386 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5387 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5388 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5389 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5390 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5391 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5392 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5393 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5394 `cperl-indent-level'
5395 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5396 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5397 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5398 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5399 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5400 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5401 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5402 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5403 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5404 `cperl-brace-offset'
5405 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5406 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5407 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5408 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5409 `cperl-label-offset'
5410 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5411 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5412 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5414 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5415 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5416 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5417 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5418 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5419 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5421 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5422 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5423 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5424 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5426 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5427 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5428 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5429 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5430 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5431 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5433 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5434 column 0 is indented on
5435 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5437 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5438 with no args.
5440 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5441 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5442 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5444 \(fn)" t nil)
5446 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5447 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5449 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5451 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5452 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 ;;;***
5458 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5459 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
5460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5462 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5463 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5464 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5465 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5466 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5468 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5470 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5471 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5473 \(fn)" t nil)
5475 ;;;***
5477 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5478 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5481 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5482 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5483 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5484 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5487 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5489 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5491 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5492 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5493 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5497 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5499 ;;;***
5501 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5502 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
5503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5505 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5506 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5507 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5508 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5510 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5511 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5512 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5513 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5515 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5516 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5517 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5519 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5520 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5521 'bob', and 'eve'.
5523 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5524 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5525 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5527 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5529 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5530 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5531 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5533 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18383
5538 ;;;;;; 1614))
5539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5542 (autoload (quote css-mode) "css-mode" "\
5543 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5545 \(fn)" t nil)
5547 ;;;***
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5550 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5553 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5554 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5555 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5558 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5560 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5562 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5563 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5564 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5565 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5566 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5568 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5569 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5570 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5571 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5572 function of these prefix keys.
5574 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5575 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5576 options:
5577 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5578 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5579 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5581 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5582 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5583 the prefix fallback behavior.
5585 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5586 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5587 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5588 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5592 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5593 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5595 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5597 ;;;***
5599 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5600 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5601 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5602 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5603 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5604 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5605 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5606 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5607 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5608 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5609 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5612 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5613 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5615 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5617 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5618 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5620 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5622 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5623 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5625 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5626 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5628 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5629 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5631 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5632 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5634 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5635 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5637 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5639 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5641 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5642 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5643 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5645 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5646 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5648 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5649 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5651 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5652 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5654 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5656 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5658 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5659 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5660 Return VALUE.
5662 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5663 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5665 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5666 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5668 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5669 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5671 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5673 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5675 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5676 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5677 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5678 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5679 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5681 \(fn)" t nil)
5683 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5685 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5686 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5688 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5690 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5693 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5695 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5696 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5698 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5700 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5702 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5703 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5705 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5709 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5710 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5711 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5715 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5716 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5717 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5718 as part of Emacs itself.
5720 Each elements looks like this:
5722 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5724 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5725 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5726 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5727 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5728 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5729 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5730 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5731 and `defface'.
5733 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5735 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5736 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5737 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5738 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5739 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5741 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5742 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5743 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5744 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5746 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5748 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5749 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5750 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5751 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5752 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5754 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5755 that were added or redefined since that version.
5757 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5760 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5761 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5762 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5764 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5765 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5767 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5770 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5771 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5773 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5774 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5776 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5778 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5779 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5781 \(fn)" t nil)
5783 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5784 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5789 Customize all already saved user options.
5791 \(fn)" t nil)
5793 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5794 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5795 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5796 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5797 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5798 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5799 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5800 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5802 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5804 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5805 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5806 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5807 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5809 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5811 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5812 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5814 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5816 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5817 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5819 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5821 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5822 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5823 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5824 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5825 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5826 that option.
5828 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5830 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5831 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5832 The result includes selecting that window.
5833 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5834 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5835 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5836 that option.
5838 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5840 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5841 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5843 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5845 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5846 File used for storing customization information.
5847 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5848 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5849 it should be an absolute file name.
5851 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5852 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5853 something like the following in your init file:
5855 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5856 \(load custom-file)
5858 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5859 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5861 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5862 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5863 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5864 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5865 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5867 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5868 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5869 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5870 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5871 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5872 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5873 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5874 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5875 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5876 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5878 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5880 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5881 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5883 \(fn)" nil nil)
5885 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5886 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5888 \(fn)" t nil)
5890 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5891 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5892 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5894 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5896 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5897 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5898 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5899 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5900 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5902 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5904 ;;;***
5906 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5907 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18310 14567))
5908 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5910 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5911 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5913 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5915 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5916 Alist of face attributes.
5918 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5919 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5920 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5921 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5922 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5923 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5925 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5926 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5927 customization type TYPE).
5929 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5930 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5931 given face attribute.")
5933 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5934 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5935 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5936 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5938 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5940 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5941 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5942 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5943 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5944 between themes and faces.
5945 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5947 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5948 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5950 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5952 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5953 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5954 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5956 (FACE IGNORED)
5958 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5960 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5962 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5963 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5964 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5966 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5968 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5970 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5972 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5974 ;;;***
5976 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5977 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5978 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5980 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5981 Create a custom theme.
5983 \(fn)" t nil)
5985 ;;;***
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5988 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5991 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5992 Mode used for cvs status output.
5994 \(fn)" t nil)
5996 ;;;***
5998 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5999 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18310 14598))
6000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6002 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6003 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6005 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6006 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6007 C++ modes are included.
6009 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6014 Turn on CWarn mode.
6016 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6017 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6019 \(fn)" nil nil)
6021 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6022 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6023 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6026 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6028 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6030 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6031 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6032 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6033 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6034 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6038 ;;;***
6040 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6041 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6042 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
6043 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6045 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6046 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6048 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6050 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6051 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6053 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6055 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6056 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6057 For readability, the table is slightly
6058 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6060 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6061 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6062 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6063 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6064 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6066 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6068 ;;;***
6070 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6071 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
6072 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6073 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6074 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6076 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6077 Completion on current word.
6078 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6079 and presents suggestions for completion.
6081 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6082 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6083 completions.
6085 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6086 then it searches *all* buffers.
6088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6090 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6091 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6093 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6094 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6095 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6096 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6097 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6099 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6100 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6102 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6103 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6104 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6106 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6107 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6109 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6113 ;;;***
6115 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18310
6116 ;;;;;; 14598))
6117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6119 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6120 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6122 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6123 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6124 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6126 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6127 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6128 Data lines are not indented.
6130 Key bindings:
6132 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6133 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6135 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6136 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6137 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6138 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6140 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6142 dcl-basic-offset
6143 Extra indentation within blocks.
6145 dcl-continuation-offset
6146 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6148 dcl-margin-offset
6149 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6151 dcl-margin-label-offset
6152 Indentation for a label.
6154 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6155 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6157 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6158 dcl-block-end-regexp
6159 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6160 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6161 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6162 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6163 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6165 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6166 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6167 Two such functions are included in the package:
6168 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6169 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6171 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6172 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6173 One such function is included in the package:
6174 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6176 dcl-tab-always-indent
6177 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6178 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6179 margin.
6181 dcl-electric-characters
6182 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6183 typed.
6185 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6186 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6187 which words trigger electric indentation.
6189 dcl-tempo-comma
6190 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6191 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6192 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6194 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6195 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6196 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6197 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6199 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6200 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6201 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6202 dcl-imenu-label-call
6203 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6205 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6206 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6207 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6208 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6211 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6213 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6214 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6215 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6216 $ i = 1
6217 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6218 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6219 $ label:
6220 $ if i.eq.1
6221 $ then
6222 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6223 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6224 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6225 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6226 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6227 \"lined up with the command line\"
6228 $ type sys$input
6229 Data lines are not indented at all.
6230 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6231 $ endif
6235 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6236 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6238 \(fn)" t nil)
6240 ;;;***
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6243 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18310 14581))
6244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6246 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6248 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6249 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6250 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6251 of the evaluator.
6253 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6254 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6255 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6257 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6259 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6260 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6262 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6264 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6265 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6266 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6267 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6268 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6269 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6271 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6272 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6274 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6276 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6277 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6278 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6279 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6280 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6282 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6287 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6290 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6291 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6293 \(fn)" t nil)
6295 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6296 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6297 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6298 Upper-case letters are commands.
6300 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6301 modify it.
6303 The most useful commands are:
6304 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6305 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6306 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6307 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6308 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6309 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6311 \(fn)" t nil)
6313 ;;;***
6315 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6316 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18310
6317 ;;;;;; 14568))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6320 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6321 Customization of `columns' group.
6323 \(fn)" t nil)
6325 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6326 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6328 START and END delimits the text region.
6330 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6332 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6333 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6335 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6337 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339 ;;;***
6341 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18310
6342 ;;;;;; 14598))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6345 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6346 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6347 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6348 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6349 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6350 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6352 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6354 Customization:
6356 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6357 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6358 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6359 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6360 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6361 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6362 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6363 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6364 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6365 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6366 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6367 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6368 blank line.
6369 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6370 Directories to search when finding external units.
6371 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6372 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6374 Coloring:
6376 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6377 Face used to color delphi comments.
6378 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6379 Face used to color delphi strings.
6380 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6381 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6382 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6383 Face used to color everything else.
6385 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6386 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6388 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6390 ;;;***
6392 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18310
6393 ;;;;;; 14568))
6394 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6396 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6398 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6399 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6400 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6403 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6405 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6407 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6408 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6409 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6410 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6412 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6413 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6414 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6415 any selection.
6417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6419 ;;;***
6421 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6422 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18310 14581))
6423 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6425 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6426 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6428 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6430 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6431 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6432 or nil if there is no parent.
6433 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6434 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6435 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6436 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6437 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6439 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6440 arguments are currently understood:
6441 :group GROUP
6442 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6443 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6444 :syntax-table TABLE
6445 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6446 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6447 :abbrev-table TABLE
6448 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6449 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6451 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6453 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6455 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6456 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6457 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6459 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6460 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6462 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6463 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6464 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6466 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6467 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6469 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6470 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6472 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6474 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6476 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6477 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6478 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6479 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6480 the first time the mode is used.
6482 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6484 ;;;***
6486 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6487 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18310 14568))
6488 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6490 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6491 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6492 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6493 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6494 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6495 otherwise.
6497 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6499 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6500 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6501 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6502 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6503 character composition information (if relevant),
6504 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6506 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6508 ;;;***
6510 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6511 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6512 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6513 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18383 1604))
6514 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6516 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6517 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6518 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6520 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6522 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6523 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6524 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6525 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6526 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6527 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6531 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6532 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6533 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6534 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6536 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6538 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6539 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6540 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6542 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6543 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6544 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6546 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6547 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6549 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6550 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6551 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6553 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6554 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6555 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6556 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6558 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6560 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6561 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6563 Handlers are called with argument list
6565 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6567 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6569 desktop-file-version
6570 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6571 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6572 desktop-buffer-point
6573 desktop-buffer-mark
6574 desktop-buffer-read-only
6575 desktop-buffer-locals
6577 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6578 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6580 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6581 code like
6583 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6585 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6586 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6588 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6590 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6592 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6593 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6594 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6595 List elements must have the form
6597 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6599 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6600 function.
6602 Handlers are called with argument list
6604 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6606 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6608 desktop-file-version
6609 desktop-buffer-file-name
6610 desktop-buffer-name
6611 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6612 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6613 desktop-buffer-point
6614 desktop-buffer-mark
6615 desktop-buffer-read-only
6616 desktop-buffer-misc
6618 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6619 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6620 created and set.
6622 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6623 code like
6625 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6627 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6628 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6630 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6632 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6634 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6636 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6637 Empty the Desktop.
6638 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6639 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6640 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6642 \(fn)" t nil)
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6645 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6646 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6647 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6648 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6650 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6653 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6654 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6656 \(fn)" t nil)
6658 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6659 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6660 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6661 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6662 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6663 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6664 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6665 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6667 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6669 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6670 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6671 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6673 \(fn)" nil nil)
6675 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6676 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6677 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6678 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6679 directory DIRNAME.
6681 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6683 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6684 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6686 \(fn)" t nil)
6688 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6689 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6691 \(fn)" t nil)
6693 ;;;***
6695 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6696 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6697 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18355 36598))
6698 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6700 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6701 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6702 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6703 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6704 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6705 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6707 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6709 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6710 Repair a broken attribution line.
6711 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6716 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6717 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6718 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6725 \(fn)" t nil)
6727 ;;;***
6729 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6730 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18310 14591))
6731 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6733 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6735 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6736 Not documented
6738 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6740 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6741 Not documented
6743 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6745 ;;;***
6747 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6748 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18310 14580))
6749 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6751 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6752 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6753 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6754 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6755 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6759 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6760 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6761 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6762 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6764 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6765 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6766 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6767 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6769 #!/bin/sh
6770 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6771 emacs -batch \\
6772 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6773 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6774 european-calendar-style t \\
6775 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6776 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6777 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6779 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6780 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6781 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6782 to run it every morning at 1am.
6784 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6786 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6787 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6789 \(fn)" t nil)
6791 ;;;***
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6794 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18310 14568))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6797 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6798 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6800 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6802 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6803 *The command to use to run diff.")
6805 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6807 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6808 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6809 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6810 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6811 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6812 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6816 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6817 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6818 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6819 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6820 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6821 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6823 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6825 ;;;***
6827 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6828 ;;;;;; (18376 17137))
6829 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6831 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6832 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6833 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6834 normal diffs.
6836 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6837 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6838 headers for you on-the-fly.
6840 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6841 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6842 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6844 \\{diff-mode-map}
6846 \(fn)" t nil)
6848 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6849 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6850 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6854 ;;;***
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6857 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6858 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6859 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6860 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18368 40261))
6861 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6863 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6864 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6865 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6866 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6867 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6868 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6869 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6870 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6872 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6874 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6875 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6877 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6878 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6879 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6880 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6881 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6883 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6884 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6886 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6887 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6888 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6889 always set this variable to t.")
6891 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6893 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6894 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6895 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6896 A value of t means move to first file.")
6898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6900 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6901 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6902 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6903 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6904 are afterward marked with that character.")
6906 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6908 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6909 *Controls marking of copied files.
6910 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6911 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6916 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6917 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6918 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6923 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6929 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6930 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6931 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6932 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6934 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6936 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6938 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6939 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6940 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6942 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6944 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6945 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6946 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6947 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6948 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6949 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6951 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6952 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6953 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6954 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6955 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6956 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6957 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6958 list of files to make directory entries for.
6959 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6960 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6961 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6962 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6964 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6966 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6967 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6969 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6970 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6972 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6973 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6975 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6976 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6978 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6980 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6981 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6983 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6985 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6986 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6987 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6988 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6989 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6990 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6991 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6992 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6993 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6994 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6995 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6996 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6997 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6998 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6999 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7000 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7001 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7002 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7003 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7004 to see why something went wrong.
7005 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7006 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7007 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7008 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7009 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7010 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7011 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7012 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7013 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7014 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7015 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7016 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7017 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7019 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7020 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7021 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7022 again for the directory tree.
7024 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7025 for more info):
7027 `dired-listing-switches'
7028 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7029 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7030 `dired-marker-char'
7031 `dired-del-marker'
7032 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7033 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7034 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7035 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7037 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7039 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7040 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7041 `dired-mode-hook'
7042 `dired-load-hook'
7044 Keybindings:
7045 \\{dired-mode-map}
7047 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7048 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7050 ;;;***
7052 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7053 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7054 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7055 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7056 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7057 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7058 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7059 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7060 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7061 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7062 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7065 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18310 14568))
7066 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7068 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7070 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7071 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7072 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7073 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7074 which is options for `diff'.
7076 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7080 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7081 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7082 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7083 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7085 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7087 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7088 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7089 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7090 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7091 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7092 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7093 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7095 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7097 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7098 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7099 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7100 returned by function `file-attributes'
7102 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7103 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7105 Examples of PREDICATE:
7107 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7108 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7109 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7110 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7111 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7113 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7115 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7116 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7117 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7127 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7132 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7133 This calls touch.
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7139 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7140 `lpr-switches' as default.
7142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7146 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7147 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7148 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7150 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7151 with a prefix argument.
7153 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7155 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7156 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7157 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7158 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7159 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7161 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7162 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7164 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7165 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7166 file name substituted for `?'.
7168 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7169 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7171 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7172 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7173 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7174 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7176 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7178 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7179 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7180 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7182 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7183 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7184 in a subdir.
7186 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7187 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7188 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7190 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7192 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7193 Not documented
7195 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7197 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7198 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7199 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7200 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7201 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7202 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7203 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7204 from the buffer as well.
7205 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7206 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7207 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7209 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7211 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7212 Not documented
7214 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7216 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7217 Not documented
7219 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7221 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7222 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7226 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7227 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7232 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7236 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7237 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7238 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7239 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7241 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7242 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7243 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7244 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7245 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7246 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7247 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7249 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7251 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7252 Not documented
7254 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7256 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7257 Not documented
7259 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7261 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7262 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7264 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7266 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7267 Not documented
7269 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7271 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7272 Not documented
7274 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7276 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7277 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7279 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7282 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7283 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7284 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7285 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7286 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7287 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7288 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7289 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7291 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7292 like `cp -d'.
7294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7297 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7298 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7299 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7300 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7301 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7302 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7303 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7305 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7309 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7310 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7311 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7312 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7313 and new hard links are made in that directory
7314 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7315 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7316 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7321 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7322 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7323 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7324 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7325 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7326 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7330 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7331 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7333 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7334 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7335 file if none are marked.
7337 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7338 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7339 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7340 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7342 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7343 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7345 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7347 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7348 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7349 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7351 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7353 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7354 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7355 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7357 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7359 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7360 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7361 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7363 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7365 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7366 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7370 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7375 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7376 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7377 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7378 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7379 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7380 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7381 this subdirectory.
7382 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7384 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7385 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7386 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7387 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7388 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7389 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7390 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7392 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7394 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7395 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7396 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7397 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7398 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7399 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7400 this subdirectory.
7401 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7403 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7405 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7406 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7407 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7409 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7411 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7412 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7413 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7414 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7416 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7418 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7420 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7421 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7423 \(fn)" t nil)
7425 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7427 Lower levels are unaffected.
7429 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7432 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7436 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7437 Go down in the dired tree.
7439 \(fn)" t nil)
7441 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7442 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7443 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7444 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7448 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7449 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7450 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7451 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7455 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7456 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7457 Stops when a match is found.
7458 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7460 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7462 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7463 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7464 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7465 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7466 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7468 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7470 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7471 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7472 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7473 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7475 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7477 ;;;***
7479 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7480 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7483 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7484 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7485 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7486 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7487 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7488 buffer and try again.
7490 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7492 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7493 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7494 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7495 This creates relative symbolic links like
7497 foo -> ../bar/foo
7499 not absolute ones like
7501 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7503 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7507 ;;;***
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18310 14568))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7512 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7513 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7514 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7516 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7518 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7519 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7521 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7522 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7524 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7526 ;;;***
7528 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18310
7529 ;;;;;; 14581))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7532 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7533 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7534 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7535 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7536 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7537 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7539 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7541 ;;;***
7543 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7544 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7545 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7546 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7547 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7548 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18310 14568))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7551 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7552 Return a new, empty display table.
7554 \(fn)" nil nil)
7556 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7557 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7558 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7559 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7560 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7562 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7564 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7565 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7566 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7567 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7568 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7570 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7572 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7573 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7575 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7577 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7578 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7580 \(fn)" t nil)
7582 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7583 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7585 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7587 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7588 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7590 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7592 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7593 Display character C using printable string S.
7595 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7597 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7598 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7599 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7600 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7602 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7604 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7605 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7606 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7607 X frame.
7609 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7612 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7614 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7616 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7617 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7619 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7621 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7622 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7624 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7626 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7627 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7629 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7632 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7634 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7636 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7637 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7639 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7640 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7641 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7642 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7644 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7645 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7646 European character display.
7648 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7649 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7650 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7651 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7653 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7654 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7655 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7656 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7657 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7659 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7661 ;;;***
7663 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7664 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
7665 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7667 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7668 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7669 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7670 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7671 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7672 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7673 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7674 Default is 2.
7676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7678 ;;;***
7680 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18310 14568))
7681 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7683 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7684 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7685 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7686 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7687 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7688 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7689 private or ask).
7690 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7691 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7692 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7693 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7694 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7696 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7698 ;;;***
7700 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7701 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18310 14604))
7702 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7704 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7705 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7706 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7707 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7708 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7709 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7710 table and its own syntax table.
7712 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7714 \(fn)" t nil)
7715 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7717 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7718 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7720 \(fn)" t nil)
7721 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7723 ;;;***
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18310 14597))
7726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7728 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7729 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 ;;;***
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7736 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7739 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7740 Toggle Double mode.
7741 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7742 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7744 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7746 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7747 Toggle Double mode.
7748 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7749 turn it off.
7751 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7752 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7754 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7756 ;;;***
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18310 14597))
7759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7761 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7762 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7764 \(fn)" t nil)
7766 ;;;***
7768 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7769 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
7770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7772 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7773 Play sounds in message buffers.
7775 \(fn)" t nil)
7777 ;;;***
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7780 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7781 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18310 14581))
7782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7784 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7786 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7787 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7788 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7789 and toggle command MODE.
7791 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7792 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7793 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7794 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7795 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7796 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7797 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7798 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7799 used (see below).
7801 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7802 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7803 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7804 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7805 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7806 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7807 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7808 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7809 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7810 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7811 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7812 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7813 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7814 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7815 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7816 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7817 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7819 For example, you could write
7820 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7821 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7822 ...BODY CODE...)
7824 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7826 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7828 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7830 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7831 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7832 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7833 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7834 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7835 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7836 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7837 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7838 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7839 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7840 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7841 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7843 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7844 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7845 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7846 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7847 call another major mode in their body.
7849 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7851 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7852 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7853 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7854 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7855 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7856 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7857 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7859 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7861 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7862 Not documented
7864 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7866 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7867 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7868 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7870 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7872 ;;;***
7874 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7875 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18310
7876 ;;;;;; 14581))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7879 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7881 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7882 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7884 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7885 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7886 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7888 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7889 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7891 :filter FUNCTION
7893 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7894 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7896 :visible INCLUDE
7898 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7899 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7901 :active ENABLE
7903 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7904 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7906 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7908 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7910 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7912 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7913 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7915 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7916 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7918 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7920 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7922 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7924 :keys KEYS
7926 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7927 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7928 computed automatically.
7929 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7931 :key-sequence KEYS
7933 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7934 menu item.
7935 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7936 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7937 keyboard equivalent.
7939 :active ENABLE
7941 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7942 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7944 :visible INCLUDE
7946 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7947 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7949 :suffix FORM
7951 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7952 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7954 :style STYLE
7956 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7957 defined:
7959 toggle: A checkbox.
7960 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7961 radio: A radio button.
7962 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7963 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7964 menu bar itself.
7965 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7967 :selected SELECTED
7969 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7970 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7972 :help HELP
7974 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7976 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7977 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7978 as a solid horizontal line.
7980 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7982 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7984 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7985 Not documented
7987 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7989 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7990 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7991 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7992 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7994 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7996 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7997 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7998 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7999 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8000 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8001 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8003 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8004 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8005 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8007 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8008 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8009 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8011 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8012 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8014 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8016 ;;;***
8018 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8019 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8020 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8021 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8022 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8023 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8024 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8025 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18310 14598))
8026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8028 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8029 Customization for ebnf group.
8031 \(fn)" t nil)
8033 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8034 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8036 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8038 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8039 processed.
8041 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8043 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8045 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8046 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8048 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8049 killed after process termination.
8051 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8053 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8055 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8056 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8058 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8059 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8060 it to the printer.
8062 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8063 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8064 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8065 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8067 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8069 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8071 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8073 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8078 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8080 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8081 processed.
8083 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8085 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8088 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8090 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8091 killed after process termination.
8093 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8095 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8099 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8100 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8102 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8104 \(fn)" t nil)
8106 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8108 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8110 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8112 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8114 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8115 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8117 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8119 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8120 processed.
8122 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8124 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8126 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8129 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8130 killed after EPS generation.
8132 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8134 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8136 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8137 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8139 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8140 The EPS file name has the following form:
8142 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8144 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8145 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8147 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8148 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8149 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8150 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8151 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8153 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8154 files.
8156 \(fn)" t nil)
8158 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8159 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8161 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8162 The EPS file name has the following form:
8164 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8166 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8167 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8169 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8170 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8171 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8172 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8173 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8175 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8176 files.
8178 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8180 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8182 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8183 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8185 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8187 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8188 are processed.
8190 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8192 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8194 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8195 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8197 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8198 killed after syntax checking.
8200 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8202 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8204 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8205 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8209 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8210 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8212 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8214 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8215 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8217 \(fn)" nil nil)
8219 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8220 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8222 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8224 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8226 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8227 Delete style NAME.
8229 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8231 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8233 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8234 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8236 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8238 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8240 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8241 Set STYLE as the current style.
8243 Returns the old style symbol.
8245 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8247 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8249 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8250 Reset current style.
8252 Returns the old style symbol.
8254 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8256 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8258 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8259 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8261 Returns the old style symbol.
8263 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8265 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8267 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8269 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8270 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8272 Returns the old style symbol.
8274 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8276 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8278 \(fn)" t nil)
8280 ;;;***
8282 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8283 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8284 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8285 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18316
8293 ;;;;;; 51173))
8294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8296 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8297 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8298 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8299 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8300 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8301 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8303 Tree mode key bindings:
8304 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8306 \(fn)" t nil)
8308 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8309 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8311 \(fn)" t nil)
8313 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8314 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8316 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8318 \(fn)" nil nil)
8320 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8321 View declaration of member at point.
8323 \(fn)" t nil)
8325 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8326 Find declaration of member at point.
8328 \(fn)" t nil)
8330 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8331 View definition of member at point.
8333 \(fn)" t nil)
8335 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8336 Find definition of member at point.
8338 \(fn)" t nil)
8340 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8341 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8343 \(fn)" t nil)
8345 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8346 View definition of member at point in other window.
8348 \(fn)" t nil)
8350 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8351 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8353 \(fn)" t nil)
8355 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8356 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8358 \(fn)" t nil)
8360 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8361 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8363 \(fn)" t nil)
8365 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8366 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8368 \(fn)" t nil)
8370 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8371 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8372 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8373 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8374 completion.
8376 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8378 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8379 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8380 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8381 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8383 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8385 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8386 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8387 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8388 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8390 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8392 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8393 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8394 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8396 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Search for call sites of a member.
8400 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8401 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8402 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8403 looks like a function call to the member.
8405 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8407 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8408 Move backward in the position stack.
8409 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8411 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move forward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8420 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8422 \(fn)" t nil)
8424 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8425 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8427 \(fn)" t nil)
8429 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8430 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8431 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8432 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8434 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8436 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8437 Display statistics for a class tree.
8439 \(fn)" t nil)
8441 ;;;***
8443 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8444 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8445 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8447 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8448 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8449 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8450 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8452 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8453 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8454 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8456 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8457 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8458 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8460 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8462 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8466 ;;;***
8468 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8469 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18310 14568))
8470 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8472 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8473 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8474 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8476 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8478 ;;;***
8480 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8481 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8482 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18355 36598))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8485 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8486 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8487 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8488 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8489 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8491 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8492 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8493 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8494 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8496 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8498 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8499 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8500 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8501 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8503 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8505 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8506 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8507 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8508 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8510 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8512 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8514 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8515 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8516 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8517 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8518 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8520 If you do this on a function definition
8521 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8522 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8523 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8524 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8526 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8527 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8528 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8529 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8530 already is one.)
8532 \(fn)" t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8535 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8537 \(fn)" t nil)
8539 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8540 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8542 \(fn)" t nil)
8544 ;;;***
8546 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8547 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8548 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8549 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8550 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8551 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8552 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18310 14569))
8556 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8558 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8559 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8561 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8563 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8564 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8566 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8568 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8570 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8573 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8574 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8575 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8577 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8579 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8580 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8582 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8584 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8586 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8587 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8589 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8591 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8593 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8594 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8595 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8596 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8598 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8600 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8602 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8603 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8604 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8605 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8607 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8609 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8611 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8612 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8613 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8614 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8616 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8618 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8620 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8621 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8622 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8623 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8625 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8627 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8629 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8630 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8631 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8632 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8633 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8634 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8636 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8638 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8639 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8640 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8641 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8643 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8645 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8647 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8648 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8649 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8650 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8652 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8654 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8656 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8658 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8659 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8660 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8661 follows:
8662 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8663 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8665 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8667 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8668 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8669 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8670 follows:
8671 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8672 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8674 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8676 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8677 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8678 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8679 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8680 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8682 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8684 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8685 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8686 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8687 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8688 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8689 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8691 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8693 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8695 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8696 Merge two files without ancestor.
8698 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8701 Merge two files with ancestor.
8703 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8705 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8708 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8710 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8712 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8713 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8715 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8717 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8718 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8719 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8720 buffer.
8722 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8724 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8725 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8726 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8727 buffer.
8729 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8731 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8732 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8733 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8734 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8736 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8738 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8739 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8740 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8741 and don't ask the user.
8742 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8743 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8745 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8747 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8748 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8749 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8750 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8751 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8752 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8753 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8754 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8756 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8758 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8760 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8762 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8763 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8764 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8765 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8766 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8768 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8770 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8772 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8773 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8774 When called interactively, displays the version.
8776 \(fn)" t nil)
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8779 Display Ediff's manual.
8780 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8782 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8784 ;;;***
8786 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8787 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8790 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8791 Not documented
8793 \(fn)" t nil)
8795 ;;;***
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18310 14568))
8798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8800 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8801 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8803 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8805 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8807 ;;;***
8809 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8810 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8811 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8813 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8814 Display Ediff's registry.
8816 \(fn)" t nil)
8818 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8820 ;;;***
8822 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8823 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18310 14569))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8826 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8827 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8828 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8829 which see.
8831 \(fn)" t nil)
8833 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8834 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8835 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8836 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8838 \(fn)" t nil)
8840 ;;;***
8842 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8843 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8844 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8847 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8848 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8849 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8851 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8852 Edit a keyboard macro.
8853 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8854 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8855 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8856 its command name.
8857 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8859 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8862 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8864 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8866 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8867 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8869 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8871 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8872 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8873 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8874 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8875 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8876 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8878 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8879 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8880 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8881 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8883 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8885 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8886 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8887 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8888 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8889 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8890 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8892 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8894 ;;;***
8896 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8897 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18310 14582))
8898 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8900 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8901 Set scroll margins.
8902 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8903 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8905 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8907 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8908 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8910 \(fn)" t nil)
8912 ;;;***
8914 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8918 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8919 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8920 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8921 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8922 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8923 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8924 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8926 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8927 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8929 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8930 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8931 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8932 this value is non-nil.
8934 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8935 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8936 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8938 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8939 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8940 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8942 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8944 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8945 Not documented
8947 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8949 ;;;***
8951 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8952 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18310 14581))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8955 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8956 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8958 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8960 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8961 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8962 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8963 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8964 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8965 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8966 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8968 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8972 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8973 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8975 \(fn)" t nil)
8977 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8978 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8979 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8980 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8981 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8982 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8983 arg list.
8985 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8986 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8988 ;;;***
8990 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18310
8991 ;;;;;; 14569))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8994 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8995 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8997 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8998 an elided material again.
9000 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9004 ;;;***
9006 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9007 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9010 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9011 Initialize elint.
9013 \(fn)" t nil)
9015 ;;;***
9017 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9018 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18310
9019 ;;;;;; 14581))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9022 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9023 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9024 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9026 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9030 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9032 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9034 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9035 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9036 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9038 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9040 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9042 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9043 Display current profiling results.
9044 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9045 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9046 displayed.
9048 \(fn)" t nil)
9050 ;;;***
9052 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9053 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9056 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9057 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9058 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9060 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9062 ;;;***
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9065 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9066 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9067 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9068 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9071 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9072 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9073 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9074 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9075 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9076 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9077 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9078 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9080 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9082 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9084 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9086 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9088 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9089 Run Emerge on two files.
9091 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9093 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9094 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9096 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9099 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9101 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9103 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9104 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9106 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9108 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9109 Not documented
9111 \(fn)" nil nil)
9113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9114 Not documented
9116 \(fn)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9119 Not documented
9121 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9123 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9124 Not documented
9126 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9128 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9129 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9131 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9133 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9134 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9136 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9138 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9139 Not documented
9141 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9143 ;;;***
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9146 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9149 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9150 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9151 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9154 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9156 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9158 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9159 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9160 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9162 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9163 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9164 automatically.
9166 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9167 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9168 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9172 ;;;***
9174 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9175 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18310 14604))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9178 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9179 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9180 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9181 text/enriched format.
9182 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9184 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9185 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9187 Commands:
9189 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9193 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9194 Not documented
9196 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9198 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9199 Not documented
9201 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9203 ;;;***
9205 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9206 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18355 36598))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9209 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9210 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9212 \(fn)" nil nil)
9214 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9215 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9216 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9218 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9220 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9221 (server (erc-compute-server))
9222 (port (erc-compute-port))
9223 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9224 password
9225 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9227 That is, if called with
9229 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9231 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9232 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9233 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9235 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9237 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9239 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9240 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9241 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9242 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9244 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9246 ;;;***
9248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18310
9249 ;;;;;; 14583))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9253 ;;;***
9255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18355 36598))
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9257 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9259 ;;;***
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18310 14583))
9262 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9263 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9265 ;;;***
9267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18310 14583))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9271 ;;;***
9273 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9274 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18310 14583))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9277 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9278 Parser for /dcc command.
9279 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9280 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9281 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9283 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9285 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9286 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9288 \(fn)" nil nil)
9290 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9291 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9293 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9294 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9295 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9296 that subcommand.
9298 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9300 ;;;***
9302 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9303 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9304 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9305 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9309 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9310 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9312 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9314 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9315 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9316 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9317 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9319 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9321 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9322 Not documented
9324 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9326 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9327 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9329 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9331 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9332 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9334 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9336 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9337 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9339 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9341 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9344 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9349 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9351 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9352 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9354 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9356 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9357 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9359 \(fn)" nil nil)
9361 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9362 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9364 \(fn)" nil nil)
9366 ;;;***
9368 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18310
9369 ;;;;;; 14583))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9371 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9373 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9374 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9375 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9377 \(fn)" nil nil)
9379 ;;;***
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18310
9382 ;;;;;; 14583))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9384 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9386 ;;;***
9388 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9389 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18310 14583))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9391 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9393 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9394 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9395 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9396 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9397 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9398 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9399 system.
9401 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9403 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9404 Not documented
9406 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9408 ;;;***
9410 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9411 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9414 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9415 Not documented
9417 \(fn)" nil nil)
9419 ;;;***
9421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18310 14583))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9425 ;;;***
9427 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9428 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18310 14583))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9432 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9433 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9434 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9435 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9436 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9437 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9441 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9442 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9443 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9444 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9446 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9447 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9448 automatically.
9450 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9451 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9453 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9455 ;;;***
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9458 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9459 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9460 ;;;;;; (18355 36598))
9461 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9462 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9464 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9465 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9469 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9470 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9472 \(fn)" t nil)
9474 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9475 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9477 \(fn)" t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9480 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9482 \(fn)" t nil)
9484 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9485 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9487 \(fn)" t nil)
9489 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9490 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9494 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9495 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9497 \(fn)" t nil)
9499 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9500 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9502 \(fn)" t nil)
9504 ;;;***
9506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18310 14583))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9508 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9510 ;;;***
9512 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9513 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9515 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9517 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9518 Show who's gone.
9520 \(fn)" nil nil)
9522 ;;;***
9524 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9525 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18310 14583))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9528 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9529 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9530 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9531 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9533 \(fn)" nil nil)
9535 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9536 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9538 \(fn)" t nil)
9540 ;;;***
9542 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9543 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18310 14583))
9544 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9545 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9547 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9548 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9549 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9550 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9552 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9554 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9555 Not documented
9557 \(fn)" nil nil)
9559 ;;;***
9561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18310 14583))
9562 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9563 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9565 ;;;***
9567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18310
9568 ;;;;;; 14583))
9569 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9570 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9572 ;;;***
9574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18310 14583))
9575 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9576 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9578 ;;;***
9580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18310 14583))
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9582 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9584 ;;;***
9586 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9587 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18310 14583))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9589 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9591 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9592 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9594 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9596 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9597 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9598 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9600 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9602 ;;;***
9604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18310 14583))
9605 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9606 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9608 ;;;***
9610 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9611 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9612 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9614 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9615 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9616 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9618 \(fn)" t nil)
9620 ;;;***
9622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18310
9623 ;;;;;; 14583))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9625 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9627 ;;;***
9629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18310 14583))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9631 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9633 ;;;***
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9636 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9639 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9640 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9641 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9643 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9645 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9646 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9647 mode line.
9649 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9650 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9651 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9654 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9656 ;;;***
9658 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9659 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18310 14583))
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9661 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9663 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9664 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9665 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9666 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9668 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9670 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9671 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9672 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9674 \(fn)" t nil)
9676 ;;;***
9678 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9679 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9682 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9683 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9685 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9687 ;;;***
9689 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18310
9690 ;;;;;; 14584))
9691 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9693 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9694 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9696 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9698 \(fn)" nil nil)
9700 ;;;***
9702 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18310
9703 ;;;;;; 14584))
9704 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9706 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9707 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9711 ;;;***
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9714 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18310 14584))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9717 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9718 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9719 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9720 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9721 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9722 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9723 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9724 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9725 buffer selected (or created).
9727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9729 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9730 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9731 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9733 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9735 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9736 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9737 The result might be any Lisp object.
9738 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9739 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9740 corresponding to a successful execution.
9742 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9744 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9745 Report a bug in Eshell.
9746 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9747 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9749 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9751 ;;;***
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9754 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9755 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9756 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9757 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9758 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9759 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9760 ;;;;;; (18339 44158))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9763 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9764 *File name of tags table.
9765 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9766 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9767 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9768 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9770 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9771 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9772 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9773 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9775 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9777 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9778 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9779 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9780 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9781 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9782 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9784 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9786 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9787 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9788 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9789 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9790 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9791 `auto-compression-mode').")
9793 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9795 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9796 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9797 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9798 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9799 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9801 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9803 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9804 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9805 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9806 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9808 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9810 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9811 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9812 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9813 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9814 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9816 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9818 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9819 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9821 \(fn)" t nil)
9823 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9824 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9825 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9826 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9828 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9829 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9830 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9831 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9832 file the tag was in.
9834 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9836 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9837 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9838 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9839 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9840 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9841 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9842 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9843 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9844 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9846 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9848 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9849 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9850 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9851 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9852 without directory names.
9854 \(fn)" nil nil)
9856 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9857 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9858 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9859 but does not select the buffer.
9860 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9862 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9863 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9864 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9865 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9866 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9868 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9870 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9871 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9872 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9874 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9876 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9878 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9879 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9880 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9881 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9883 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9884 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9885 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9886 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9887 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9889 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9891 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9892 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9893 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9895 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9897 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9898 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9900 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9901 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9902 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9903 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9904 around or before point.
9906 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9907 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9908 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9909 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9910 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9912 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9914 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9915 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9916 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9918 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9920 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9921 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9923 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9924 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9925 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9926 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9927 around or before point.
9929 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9930 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9931 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9932 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9933 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9935 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9937 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9938 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9939 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9941 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9943 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9944 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9946 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9947 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9948 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9950 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9951 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9952 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9953 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9954 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9956 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9958 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9959 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9960 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9962 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9964 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9965 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9966 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9968 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9969 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9971 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9972 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9973 where they were found.
9975 \(fn)" t nil)
9977 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9978 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9980 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9981 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9982 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9984 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9985 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9987 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9988 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9990 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9992 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9993 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9994 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9995 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9997 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9998 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9999 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10000 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10001 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10003 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10004 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10006 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10007 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10008 Stops when a match is found.
10009 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10013 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10015 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10016 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10017 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10018 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10019 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10020 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
10021 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
10022 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
10024 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
10025 produce the list of files to search.
10027 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
10029 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10032 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10033 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10034 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10035 directory specification.
10037 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10039 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10040 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10042 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10044 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10045 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10046 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10047 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10049 \(fn)" t nil)
10051 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10052 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10053 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10054 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10055 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10057 \(fn)" t nil)
10059 ;;;***
10061 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10062 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10063 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10064 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10066 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10067 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10068 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18310 14591))
10069 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10071 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10072 Not documented
10074 \(fn)" nil nil)
10076 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10077 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10078 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10079 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10081 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10082 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10083 language.
10085 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10086 even if the buffer is read-only.
10088 See also the descriptions of the variables
10089 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10090 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10092 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10094 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10095 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10097 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10098 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10100 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10101 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10102 language.
10104 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10105 buffer is read-only.
10107 See also the descriptions of the variables
10108 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10109 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10111 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10113 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10114 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10115 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10119 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10120 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10122 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10123 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10125 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10126 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10130 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10131 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10132 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10133 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10135 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10137 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10138 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10139 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10140 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10142 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10143 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10144 the primary language.
10146 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10147 buffer is read-only.
10149 See also the descriptions of the variables
10150 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10151 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10153 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10155 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10156 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10157 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10158 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10160 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10161 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10162 primary language.
10164 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10165 buffer is read-only.
10167 See also the descriptions of the variables
10168 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10169 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10171 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10173 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10174 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10175 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10179 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10180 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10182 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10183 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10184 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10185 3) convert the body into SERA.
10187 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10189 \(fn)" t nil)
10191 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10192 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10193 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10195 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10197 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10198 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10200 \(fn)" t nil)
10202 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10203 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10205 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10206 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10207 be 1, 2, or 3.
10209 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10210 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10211 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10213 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10215 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Allow the user to input special characters.
10220 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10222 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10223 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10224 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10226 \(fn)" t nil)
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10231 \(fn)" t nil)
10233 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10234 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10236 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10237 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10239 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10240 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10242 \(fn)" nil nil)
10244 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10245 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10247 \(fn)" nil nil)
10249 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10250 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10252 \(fn)" nil nil)
10254 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10255 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10257 \(fn)" nil nil)
10259 ;;;***
10261 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10262 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10263 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10266 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10267 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10268 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10269 server for future sessions.
10271 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10273 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10274 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10275 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10277 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10279 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10280 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10281 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10283 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10285 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10286 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10287 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10288 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10289 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10290 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10291 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10292 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10293 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10294 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10295 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10296 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10298 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10300 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10301 Display a form to query the directory server.
10302 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10303 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10305 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10307 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10308 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10309 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10311 \(fn)" t nil)
10313 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10315 ;;;***
10317 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10318 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10319 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18310 14594))
10320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10322 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10323 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10325 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10327 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10328 Display URL and make it clickable.
10330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10332 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10333 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10335 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10337 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10338 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10340 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10342 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10343 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10345 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10347 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10348 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10350 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10352 ;;;***
10354 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10355 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18310 14594))
10356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10358 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10359 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10360 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10362 \(fn)" t nil)
10364 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10365 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10367 \(fn)" t nil)
10369 ;;;***
10371 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10372 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10373 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10375 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10376 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10378 \(fn)" t nil)
10380 ;;;***
10382 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18310
10383 ;;;;;; 14581))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10386 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10387 Create an empty ewoc.
10389 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10391 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10392 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10393 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10394 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10395 `insert-before-markers'.
10397 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10398 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10399 respectively, of the ewoc.
10401 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10402 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10403 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10405 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10407 ;;;***
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10410 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10411 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10412 ;;;;;; (18310 14599))
10413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10415 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10416 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10417 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10419 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10421 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10422 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10423 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10424 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10425 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10427 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10429 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10430 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10431 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10432 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10433 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10434 executable.
10436 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10438 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10439 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10440 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10442 \(fn)" t nil)
10444 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10445 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10446 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10447 file modes.
10449 \(fn)" nil nil)
10451 ;;;***
10453 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10454 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10455 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
10456 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10458 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10459 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10460 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10461 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10463 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10465 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10466 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10467 to generate such functions.
10469 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10470 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10471 beginning of the expanded text.
10473 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10474 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10475 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10476 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10478 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10480 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10482 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10483 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10484 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10486 \(fn)" nil nil)
10488 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10489 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10490 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10492 \(fn)" t nil)
10494 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10495 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10496 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10498 \(fn)" t nil)
10499 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10500 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10502 ;;;***
10504 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18310 14599))
10505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10507 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10508 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10509 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10511 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10512 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10513 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10515 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10517 Key definitions:
10518 \\{f90-mode-map}
10520 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10522 `f90-do-indent'
10523 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10524 `f90-if-indent'
10525 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10526 `f90-type-indent'
10527 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10528 `f90-program-indent'
10529 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10530 (default 2).
10531 `f90-continuation-indent'
10532 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10533 `f90-comment-region'
10534 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10535 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10536 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10537 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10538 (default \"!\").
10539 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10540 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10541 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10542 `f90-break-delimiters'
10543 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10544 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10545 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10546 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10547 (default t).
10548 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10549 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10550 `f90-smart-end'
10551 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10552 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10553 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10554 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10555 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10556 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10557 `f90-leave-line-no'
10558 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10560 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10561 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10563 \(fn)" t nil)
10565 ;;;***
10567 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10568 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10569 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10570 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10571 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18310 14569))
10572 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10573 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10574 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10576 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10577 Menu keymap for faces.")
10579 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10581 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10582 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10584 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10586 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10587 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10589 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10591 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10592 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10594 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10596 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10597 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10599 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10601 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10602 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10604 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10606 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10607 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10609 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10611 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10613 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10615 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10617 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10618 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10620 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10621 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10622 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10623 to the faces to use for the next character
10624 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10625 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10627 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10628 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10629 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10630 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10631 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10632 preceding faces (including FACE).
10634 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10635 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10637 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10639 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10640 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10641 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10643 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10644 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10645 requested face.
10647 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10648 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10649 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10651 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10653 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10654 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10655 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10657 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10658 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10659 requested face.
10661 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10662 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10663 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10665 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10667 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10668 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10669 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10670 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10671 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10672 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10673 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10675 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10676 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10677 requested face.
10679 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10680 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10681 to insert cancels the specification.
10683 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10686 Make the region invisible.
10687 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10688 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10690 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10692 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10693 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10694 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10695 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10697 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10699 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10700 Make the region unmodifiable.
10701 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10702 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10706 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10707 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10709 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10711 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10712 Remove all text properties from the region.
10714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10716 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10717 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10718 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10720 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10722 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10723 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10725 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10727 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10728 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10729 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10730 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10731 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10732 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10734 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10736 ;;;***
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10739 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10740 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10743 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10744 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10745 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10746 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10748 \(fn)" nil nil)
10750 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10751 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10755 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10756 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10757 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10758 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10762 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10763 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10764 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10765 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10766 backup file names and the like).
10768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10770 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10771 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10772 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10773 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10774 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10775 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10776 internally by feedmail):
10778 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10779 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10780 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10781 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10783 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10784 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10785 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10786 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10787 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10789 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10791 ;;;***
10793 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10794 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18355 36598))
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10797 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10798 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10799 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10800 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10801 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10802 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10803 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10805 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10807 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10808 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10809 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10810 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10811 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10812 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10813 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10815 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10817 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10819 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10820 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10821 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10822 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10823 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10824 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10826 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10828 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10829 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10830 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10831 Return value:
10832 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10833 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10834 * otherwise, nil
10836 \(fn E)" t nil)
10838 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10839 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10841 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10843 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10844 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10846 \(fn)" t nil)
10848 ;;;***
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10851 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10852 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10853 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18310 14569))
10854 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10856 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10857 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10858 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10859 be added to the cache.
10861 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10863 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10864 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10865 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10866 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10867 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10869 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10871 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10872 Add FILE to the file cache.
10874 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10876 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10877 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10878 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10880 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10882 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10883 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10884 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10886 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10888 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10889 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10890 This function does not use any external programs
10891 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10892 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10893 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10895 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10897 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10898 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10899 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10900 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10901 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10902 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10903 \(directories) is done.
10905 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10907 ;;;***
10909 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18310
10910 ;;;;;; 14569))
10911 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10913 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10914 Filesets initialization.
10915 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10917 \(fn)" nil nil)
10919 ;;;***
10921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18376 17138))
10922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10923 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10925 ;;;***
10927 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10928 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10929 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18310 14569))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10932 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10933 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10934 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10935 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10936 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10938 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10940 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10941 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10942 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10943 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10944 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10946 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10948 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10949 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10950 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10951 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10953 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10955 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10956 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10957 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10958 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10960 (custom-autoload (quote find-name-arg) "find-dired" t)
10962 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10963 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10964 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10966 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10968 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10969 as the final argument.
10971 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10973 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10974 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10975 and run dired on those files.
10976 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10977 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10979 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10981 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10983 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10984 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10985 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10987 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10989 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10991 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10993 ;;;***
10995 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10996 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10997 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11000 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11001 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11002 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11003 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11004 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11005 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11006 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11008 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11009 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11010 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11012 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11014 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11016 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11018 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11019 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11020 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11022 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11023 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11025 Variables of interest include:
11027 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11028 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11029 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11031 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11032 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11033 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11035 - `ff-ignore-include'
11036 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11038 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11039 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11041 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11042 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11044 - `ff-special-constructs'
11045 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11046 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11047 extracting the filename from that construct.
11049 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11050 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11052 - `ff-search-directories'
11053 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11054 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11056 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11057 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11059 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11060 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11062 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11063 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11065 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11066 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11068 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11069 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11071 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11073 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11074 Visit the file you click on.
11076 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11078 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11079 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11081 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11083 ;;;***
11085 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11086 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11087 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11088 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11089 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11090 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11091 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18310 14581))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11094 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11095 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11097 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11099 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11100 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11101 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11102 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11104 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11105 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11106 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11107 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11109 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11111 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11112 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11114 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11115 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11116 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11117 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11119 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11120 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11121 in `load-path'.
11123 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11125 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11126 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11128 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11129 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11130 places point before the definition.
11131 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11133 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11134 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11135 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11137 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11139 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11140 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11142 See `find-function' for more details.
11144 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11146 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11147 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11149 See `find-function' for more details.
11151 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11153 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11154 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11156 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11157 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11158 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11160 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11161 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11163 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11165 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11166 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11168 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11169 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11170 places point before the definition.
11172 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11174 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11175 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11176 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11178 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11180 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11181 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11183 See `find-variable' for more details.
11185 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11187 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11188 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11190 See `find-variable' for more details.
11192 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11194 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11195 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11196 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11197 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11198 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11199 buffer nor display it.
11201 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11202 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11204 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11206 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11207 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11209 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11210 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11211 places point before the definition.
11213 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11215 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11216 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11217 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11219 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11221 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11222 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11223 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11225 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11227 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11228 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11230 \(fn)" t nil)
11232 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11233 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11235 \(fn)" t nil)
11237 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11238 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11240 \(fn)" nil nil)
11242 ;;;***
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11245 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18310 14569))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11248 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11249 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11251 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11253 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11254 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11256 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11258 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11259 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11261 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11263 ;;;***
11265 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11266 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18310 14569))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11269 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11270 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11272 \(fn)" t nil)
11274 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11275 Display FILE's commentary section.
11276 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11280 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11281 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11283 \(fn)" t nil)
11285 ;;;***
11287 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11288 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18310 14569))
11289 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11291 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11292 Toggle flow control handling.
11293 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11294 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11296 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11298 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11299 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11300 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11301 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11302 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11303 to get the effect of a C-q.
11305 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11310 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11313 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11314 Not documented
11316 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11318 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11319 Not documented
11321 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11323 ;;;***
11325 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11326 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18310 14600))
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11329 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11330 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11331 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11332 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11336 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11337 Turn flymake mode on.
11339 \(fn)" nil nil)
11341 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11342 Turn flymake mode off.
11344 \(fn)" nil nil)
11346 ;;;***
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11349 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11350 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18310 14604))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11353 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11354 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11357 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11359 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11360 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11361 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11362 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11363 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11364 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11365 otherwise turn it off.
11367 Bindings:
11368 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11369 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11370 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11371 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11373 Hooks:
11374 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11376 Remark:
11377 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11378 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11379 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11381 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11382 consider adding:
11383 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11384 in your .emacs file.
11386 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11387 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11392 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11394 \(fn)" nil nil)
11396 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11397 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11399 \(fn)" nil nil)
11401 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11402 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11404 \(fn)" nil nil)
11406 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11407 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11409 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11411 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11412 Flyspell whole buffer.
11414 \(fn)" t nil)
11416 ;;;***
11418 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11419 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11420 ;;;;;; (18355 36598))
11421 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11423 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11424 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11426 \(fn)" t nil)
11428 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11429 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11431 \(fn)" t nil)
11433 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11434 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11436 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11437 of two major techniques:
11439 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11440 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11441 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11443 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11444 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11445 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11446 movement commands.
11448 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11449 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11450 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11451 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11452 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11453 mileage may vary).
11455 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11456 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11458 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11460 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11461 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11462 \(This is the default.)
11464 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11466 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11467 \\{follow-mode-map}
11469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11471 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11472 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11474 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11475 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11476 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11477 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11478 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11479 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11481 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11482 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11483 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11485 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11486 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11487 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11491 ;;;***
11493 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18310
11494 ;;;;;; 14591))
11495 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11497 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11498 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11499 \\<message-mode-map>
11500 key binding
11501 --- -------
11503 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11504 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11505 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11506 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11507 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11508 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11512 ;;;***
11514 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11515 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18310 14570))
11516 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11518 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11519 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11521 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11522 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11523 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11524 C-c < forms-first-record <
11525 C-c > forms-last-record >
11526 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11527 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11528 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11529 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11530 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11531 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11532 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11533 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11534 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11535 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11537 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11539 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11540 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11542 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11544 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11545 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11547 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11549 ;;;***
11551 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11552 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (18310 14600))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11555 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11556 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11557 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11558 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11559 with a character in column 6.")
11561 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11563 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11564 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11565 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11567 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11568 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11570 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11572 Key definitions:
11573 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11575 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11577 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11578 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11579 `fortran-do-indent'
11580 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11581 `fortran-if-indent'
11582 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11583 `fortran-structure-indent'
11584 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11585 (default 3)
11586 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11587 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11588 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11589 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11590 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11591 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11592 nil don't change the indentation
11593 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11594 value of either
11595 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11596 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11597 depending on the continuation format in use.
11598 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11599 indentation for a line of code.
11600 (default 'fixed)
11601 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11602 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11603 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11604 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11605 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11606 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11607 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11608 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11609 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11610 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11611 column 5.
11612 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11613 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11614 statements (default nil).
11615 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11616 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11617 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11618 `fortran-continuation-string'
11619 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11620 line (default \"$\").
11621 `fortran-comment-region'
11622 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11623 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11624 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11625 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11626 as typed (default t).
11627 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11628 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11630 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11631 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11633 \(fn)" t nil)
11635 ;;;***
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11638 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18310 14597))
11639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11641 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11642 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11644 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11645 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11647 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11649 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11650 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11652 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11653 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11655 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11657 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11658 Compile fortune file.
11660 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11661 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11663 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11665 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11666 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11668 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11669 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11670 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11671 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11673 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11675 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11676 Display a fortune cookie.
11678 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11679 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11680 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11681 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11683 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11685 ;;;***
11687 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11688 ;;;;;; (18372 16113))
11689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11691 (autoload (quote gdb) "gdb-ui" "\
11692 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11693 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11694 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11696 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11697 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11698 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11699 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11701 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11702 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11703 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11704 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11705 some of the buffers.
11707 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11709 The following commands help control operation :
11711 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11712 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11714 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11715 detailed description of this mode.
11718 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11719 | GDB Toolbar |
11720 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11722 | | |
11723 | | |
11724 | | |
11725 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11726 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11727 | | (comint-mode) |
11728 | | |
11729 | | |
11730 | | |
11731 | | |
11732 | | |
11733 | | |
11734 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11735 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11736 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11737 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11738 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11739 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11741 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11742 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11743 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11744 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11745 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11746 session.
11748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11750 (defalias (quote gdba) (quote gdb))
11752 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11753 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11755 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11757 ;;;***
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11760 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18310
11761 ;;;;;; 14581))
11762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11764 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11765 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11766 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11767 instead (which see).")
11769 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11770 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11772 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11773 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11774 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11775 documentation string instead.
11777 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11778 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11779 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11780 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11781 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11782 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11783 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11784 enders are actually possible.
11786 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11787 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11789 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11790 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11791 `font-lock-keywords'.
11793 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11794 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11795 runs the macro expansion.
11797 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11798 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11799 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11801 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11803 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11805 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11806 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11808 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11810 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11811 Enter generic mode MODE.
11813 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11814 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11815 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11817 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11818 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11820 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11822 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11823 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11824 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11825 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11826 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11827 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11828 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11829 `font-lock-keywords'.
11831 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11833 ;;;***
11835 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11836 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
11837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11839 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11840 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11841 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11842 at places they belong to.
11844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11846 ;;;***
11848 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11849 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18310 14584))
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11852 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11853 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11855 Guideline for numbers:
11856 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11857 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11858 inside loops.
11860 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11862 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11863 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11864 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11866 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11868 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11869 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11871 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11873 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11874 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11876 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11877 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11878 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11879 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11880 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11881 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11883 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11884 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11885 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11886 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11887 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11889 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11891 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11893 ;;;***
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11896 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18355 36598))
11897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11898 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11899 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11901 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11902 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11906 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11907 Read network news.
11908 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11909 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11910 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11911 name of an NNTP server to use.
11912 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11913 server.
11915 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11918 Read news as a slave.
11920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11922 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11923 Pop up a frame to read news.
11924 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11925 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11926 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11927 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11928 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11929 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11930 current display is used.
11932 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11934 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11935 Read network news.
11936 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11937 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11938 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11940 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11942 ;;;***
11944 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11945 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11946 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11947 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11948 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11949 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18310 14584))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11952 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11953 Start Gnus unplugged.
11955 \(fn)" t nil)
11957 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11958 Start Gnus plugged.
11960 \(fn)" t nil)
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11970 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11971 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11972 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11974 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11975 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11976 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11978 \(fn)" t nil)
11980 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11981 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11983 \(fn)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11987 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11988 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11989 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11990 supported.
11992 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11994 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11995 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11996 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11997 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11998 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11999 supported.
12001 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12006 \(fn)" nil nil)
12008 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12009 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12010 downloaded into the agent.
12012 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12015 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12016 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12017 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12019 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12021 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12022 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12024 \(fn)" t nil)
12026 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12027 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12029 \(fn)" t nil)
12031 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12032 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12033 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12035 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12037 ;;;***
12039 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12040 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12043 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12044 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12046 \(fn)" nil nil)
12048 ;;;***
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12051 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12055 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12057 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12059 ;;;***
12061 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12062 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12063 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18310
12064 ;;;;;; 14584))
12065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12067 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12068 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12070 Usage:
12071 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12073 \(fn)" t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12076 Generate the cache active file.
12078 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12080 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12081 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12083 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12085 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12086 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12087 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12088 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12089 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12090 supported.
12092 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12094 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12095 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12096 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12097 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12098 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12099 supported.
12101 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12103 ;;;***
12105 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12106 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18310 14585))
12107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12109 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12110 Delay this article by some time.
12111 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12113 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12114 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12116 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12117 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12119 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12120 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12122 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12124 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12125 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12127 \(fn)" t nil)
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12130 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12131 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12132 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12134 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12135 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12137 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12139 ;;;***
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12142 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18310 14585))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12145 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12146 Not documented
12148 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12150 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12151 Not documented
12153 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12155 ;;;***
12157 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12158 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12159 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12161 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12162 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12164 \(fn)" nil nil)
12166 ;;;***
12168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12169 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12172 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12173 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12175 \(fn)" t nil)
12177 ;;;***
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12180 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12181 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18310
12182 ;;;;;; 14585))
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12185 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12186 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12188 \(fn)" t nil)
12190 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12191 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12193 \(fn)" t nil)
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12196 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12200 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12201 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12203 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12205 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12206 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12207 The PNG is returned as a string.
12209 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12211 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12212 Convert FILE to a Face.
12213 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12214 726 bytes.
12216 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12218 ;;;***
12220 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12221 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18370 58910))
12222 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12224 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12225 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12226 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12228 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12230 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12231 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12233 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12235 ;;;***
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12238 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12241 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12243 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12244 Run batched scoring.
12245 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12247 \(fn)" t nil)
12249 ;;;***
12251 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12252 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12253 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12256 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12257 Not documented
12259 \(fn)" nil nil)
12261 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12262 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12263 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12265 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12267 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12268 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12270 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12274 ;;;***
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12277 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12278 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12281 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12282 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12283 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12284 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12285 group parameters.
12287 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12288 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12289 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12290 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12292 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12293 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12294 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12295 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12296 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12297 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12298 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12299 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12300 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12301 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12303 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12305 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12306 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12307 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12308 nil CATCH-ALL).
12310 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12311 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12313 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12315 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12316 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12317 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12319 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12321 \(fn)" nil nil)
12323 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12324 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12325 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12327 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12329 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12330 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12331 existing groups are considered.
12333 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12334 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12335 returned.
12337 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12338 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12339 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12340 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12341 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12342 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12343 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12344 clauses will be generated.
12346 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12347 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12348 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12349 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12350 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12351 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12353 For example, given the following group parameters:
12355 nnml:mail.bar:
12356 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12357 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12358 nnml:mail.foo:
12359 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12360 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12361 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12362 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12363 nnml:mail.others:
12364 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12366 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12368 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12369 \"mail.bar\")
12370 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12371 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12372 \"mail.others\")
12374 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12376 ;;;***
12378 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12379 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12382 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12383 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12384 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12386 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12388 ;;;***
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12391 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18310 14586))
12392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12394 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12395 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12396 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12397 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12399 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12401 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12402 Mail to ADDRESS.
12404 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12406 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12407 Like `message-reply'.
12409 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12411 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12413 ;;;***
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12416 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18310 14586))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12419 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12420 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12422 \(fn)" t nil)
12424 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12425 Load the NoCeM cache.
12427 \(fn)" t nil)
12429 ;;;***
12431 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12432 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12433 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12437 Display picons in the From header.
12438 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12440 \(fn)" t nil)
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12443 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12444 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12446 \(fn)" t nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12449 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12450 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12454 ;;;***
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12457 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12458 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12459 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12460 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18310 14586))
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12463 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12464 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12465 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12466 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12468 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12470 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12471 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12472 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12473 LIST1 is modified.
12475 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12477 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12478 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12479 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12481 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12483 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12484 Not documented
12486 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12488 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12489 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12490 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12492 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12494 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12495 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12496 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12498 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12500 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12502 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12503 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12504 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12506 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12509 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12510 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12512 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12514 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12515 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12516 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12518 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12520 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12521 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12523 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12525 ;;;***
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12528 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18310 14586))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12531 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12532 Not documented
12534 \(fn)" t nil)
12536 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12537 Install the registry hooks.
12539 \(fn)" t nil)
12541 ;;;***
12543 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12544 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18310
12545 ;;;;;; 14586))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12548 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12549 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12550 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12551 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12552 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12553 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12555 \(fn)" t nil)
12557 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12558 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12559 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12560 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12561 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12563 \(fn)" t nil)
12565 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12566 Not documented
12568 \(fn)" t nil)
12570 ;;;***
12572 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12573 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12576 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12577 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12578 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12579 for matching on group names.
12581 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12582 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12584 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12586 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12588 \(fn)" t nil)
12590 ;;;***
12592 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12593 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12596 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12597 Update the format specification near point.
12599 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12601 ;;;***
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12604 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18310
12605 ;;;;;; 14586))
12606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12608 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12609 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12611 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12613 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12614 Not documented
12616 \(fn)" nil nil)
12618 ;;;***
12620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12621 ;;;;;; (18310 14587))
12622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12624 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12625 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12627 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12629 ;;;***
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18310 14597))
12632 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12634 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12635 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12637 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12638 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12639 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12641 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12642 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12643 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12645 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12646 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12648 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12649 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12651 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12653 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12655 ;;;***
12657 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12658 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18310 14594))
12659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12661 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12663 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12664 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12665 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12666 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12667 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12669 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12671 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12672 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12673 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12674 or to send e-mail.
12675 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12676 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12678 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12679 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12681 \(fn)" t nil)
12682 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12684 ;;;***
12686 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12687 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12688 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18310 14600))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12691 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12692 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12694 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12696 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12697 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12698 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12699 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12700 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12702 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12703 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12705 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12707 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12708 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12709 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12710 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12712 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12714 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12715 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12717 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12719 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12720 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12722 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12723 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12724 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12726 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12727 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12728 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12730 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12731 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12732 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12733 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12734 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12736 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12738 (defvar grep-history nil)
12740 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12742 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12743 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12744 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12746 \(fn)" nil nil)
12748 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12749 Not documented
12751 \(fn)" nil nil)
12753 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12754 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12756 \(fn)" nil nil)
12758 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12759 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12760 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12761 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12762 where grep found matches.
12764 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12765 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12767 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12768 easily repeat a grep command.
12770 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12771 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12772 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12773 if that history list is empty).
12775 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12777 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12778 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12779 Collect output in a buffer.
12780 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12781 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12783 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12784 easily repeat a find command.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12788 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12790 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12791 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12792 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12793 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12794 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12796 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12797 before it is executed.
12798 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12800 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12801 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12802 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12804 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12806 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12808 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12809 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12810 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12811 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12812 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12814 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12815 before it is executed.
12816 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12818 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12819 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12820 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12822 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12824 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12826 ;;;***
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18310 14570))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12831 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12832 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12833 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12834 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12835 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12837 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12839 ;;;***
12841 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12842 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18368 29740))
12843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12845 (autoload (quote gud-gdb) "gud" "\
12846 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12847 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12848 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12850 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12852 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12853 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12854 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12855 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12857 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12859 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12860 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12861 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12862 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12864 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12866 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12867 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12868 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12869 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12871 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12872 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12874 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12876 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12877 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12878 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12879 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12881 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12883 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12884 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12885 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12886 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12888 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12890 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12891 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12892 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12893 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12894 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12896 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12897 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12898 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12899 original source file access method.
12901 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12902 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12904 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12905 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12907 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12909 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12910 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12912 \(fn)" t nil)
12914 ;;;***
12916 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18310
12917 ;;;;;; 14597))
12918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12920 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12921 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12922 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12923 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12925 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12926 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12927 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12928 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12930 \(fn)" t nil)
12932 ;;;***
12934 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12935 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12938 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12939 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12941 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12943 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12944 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12945 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12946 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12948 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12950 \(fn)" t nil)
12952 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12953 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12954 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12955 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12956 to be updated.
12958 \(fn)" t nil)
12960 ;;;***
12962 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12963 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12964 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12965 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18310 14570))
12966 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12968 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12969 Return the help-echo string at point.
12970 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12971 property, or nil, is returned.
12972 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12973 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12974 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12976 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12978 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12979 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12980 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12981 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12982 this produces no string either, return nil.
12984 \(fn)" nil nil)
12986 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12987 Display local help in the echo area.
12988 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12989 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12990 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12991 printed instead.
12993 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12994 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12995 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12999 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13000 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13001 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13003 \(fn)" t nil)
13005 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13006 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13007 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13009 \(fn)" t nil)
13011 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13012 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13013 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13014 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13015 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13016 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13017 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13018 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13019 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13020 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13021 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13023 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13024 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13025 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13026 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13027 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13029 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13030 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13031 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13032 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13033 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13034 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13035 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13036 The default is `never'.")
13038 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13040 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13042 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13043 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13044 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13045 considered different regions.
13047 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13048 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13049 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13050 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13051 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13052 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13053 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13054 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13055 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13057 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13059 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13061 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13062 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13063 different regions.
13065 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13066 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13067 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13068 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13069 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13070 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13071 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13072 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13074 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13075 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13076 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13077 rarely happens in practice.
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13081 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13082 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13083 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13084 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13085 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13086 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13090 ;;;***
13092 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13093 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13094 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13095 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13098 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13099 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13101 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13103 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13104 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13105 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13107 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13109 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13110 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13112 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13114 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13115 Not documented
13117 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13119 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13120 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13121 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13122 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13124 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13126 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13127 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13128 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13129 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13130 it is displayed along with the global value.
13132 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13134 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13135 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13136 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13137 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13139 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13141 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13142 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13143 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13144 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13145 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13147 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13149 ;;;***
13151 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13152 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13153 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13155 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13156 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13157 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13158 and window listing and describing the options.
13159 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13160 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13162 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13164 ;;;***
13166 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13167 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13168 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18310 14570))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13171 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13172 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13173 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13174 Commands:
13175 \\{help-mode-map}
13177 \(fn)" t nil)
13179 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13180 Not documented
13182 \(fn)" nil nil)
13184 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13185 Not documented
13187 \(fn)" nil nil)
13189 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13190 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13192 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13193 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13194 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13195 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13197 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13198 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13199 restore it properly when going back.
13201 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13203 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13204 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13206 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13207 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13208 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13209 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13210 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13211 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13212 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13213 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13215 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13216 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13217 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13218 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13220 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13221 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13222 that.
13224 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13226 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13227 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13228 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13229 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13230 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13231 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13233 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13235 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13236 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13237 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13238 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13239 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13241 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13243 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13244 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13246 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13248 ;;;***
13250 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18310 14581))
13252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13254 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13255 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13257 \(fn)" t nil)
13259 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13260 Provide help for current mode.
13262 \(fn)" t nil)
13264 ;;;***
13266 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13267 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18310 14570))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13270 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13271 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13272 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13273 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13274 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13276 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13277 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13279 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13280 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13281 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13282 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13284 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13285 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13286 periods.
13288 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13289 in hexl format.
13291 A sample format:
13293 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13294 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13295 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13296 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13297 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13298 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13299 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13300 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13301 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13302 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13303 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13304 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13305 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13306 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13307 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13309 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13310 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13311 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13313 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13314 also supported.
13316 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13318 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13319 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13320 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13322 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13323 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13324 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13326 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13327 into the buffer at the current point.
13329 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13330 into the buffer at the current point.
13332 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13333 into the buffer at the current point.
13335 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13337 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13338 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13340 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13342 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13346 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13347 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13348 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13349 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13351 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13353 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13354 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13355 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13357 \(fn)" t nil)
13359 ;;;***
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13362 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13363 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13364 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13365 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13367 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13368 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13370 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13371 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13372 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13373 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13374 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13375 called interactively, are:
13377 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13378 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13380 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13381 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13382 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13383 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13385 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13386 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13388 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13389 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13391 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13392 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13393 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13394 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13395 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13396 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13397 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13398 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13399 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13400 function returns t.
13402 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13403 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13405 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13406 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13407 form:
13408 Hi-lock: FOO
13409 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13410 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13411 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13412 Patterns will be read until
13413 Hi-lock: end
13414 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13418 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13419 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13420 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13421 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13422 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13423 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13425 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13427 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13428 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13429 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13430 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13431 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13435 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13437 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13438 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13440 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13441 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13442 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13443 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13445 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13447 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13449 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13450 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13452 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13453 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13454 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13455 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13457 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13459 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13461 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13462 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13464 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13465 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13467 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13469 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13471 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13472 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13474 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13475 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13476 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13477 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13478 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13480 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13482 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13483 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13485 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13486 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13487 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13489 \(fn)" t nil)
13491 ;;;***
13493 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13494 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18310 14600))
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13497 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13498 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13499 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13500 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13501 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13502 how the hiding is done:
13504 `hide-ifdef-env'
13505 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13506 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13507 is used.
13509 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13510 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13511 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13512 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13513 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13515 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13516 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13517 #endif lines when hiding.
13519 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13520 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13521 is activated.
13523 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13524 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13525 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13527 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13531 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13532 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13534 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13536 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13537 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13539 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13541 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13542 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13544 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13546 ;;;***
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13549 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13552 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13553 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13554 Each element has the form
13555 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13557 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13558 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13560 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13561 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13563 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13564 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13565 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13566 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13567 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13568 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13570 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13571 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13573 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13574 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13576 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13577 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13578 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13580 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13581 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13582 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13583 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13584 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13585 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13587 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13588 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13589 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13591 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13592 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13594 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13596 Key bindings:
13597 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13601 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13602 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13604 \(fn)" nil nil)
13606 ;;;***
13608 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13609 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13610 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13611 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13612 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18355 36598))
13613 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13615 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13616 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13617 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13619 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13621 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13622 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13624 Without an argument:
13625 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13626 or passive state as determined by the variable
13627 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13628 and passive state.
13630 With an argument ARG:
13631 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13632 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13633 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13635 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13636 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13637 not displayed in a different face.
13639 Functions:
13640 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13641 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13642 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13643 buffer with the contents of a file
13644 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13645 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13646 various faces
13648 Hook variables:
13649 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13650 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13651 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13655 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13656 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13658 \(fn)" t nil)
13660 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13661 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13663 \(fn)" t nil)
13665 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13666 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13668 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13669 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13670 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13671 shown in the last face in the list.
13673 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13674 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13675 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13677 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13679 \(fn)" t nil)
13681 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13682 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13684 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13686 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13687 to save the file.
13689 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13690 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13692 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13693 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13694 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13696 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13698 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13699 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13701 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13702 this function is called interactively.
13704 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13705 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13706 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13708 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13709 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13710 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13712 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13714 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13715 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13717 When called interactively:
13718 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13719 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13720 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13721 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13723 When called from a program:
13724 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13725 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13726 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13727 - otherwise just turn it on
13729 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13730 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13731 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13732 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736 ;;;***
13738 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13739 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13740 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13741 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13742 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18310 14570))
13743 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13745 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13746 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13747 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13748 or insert functions in this list.")
13750 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13752 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13753 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13755 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13757 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13758 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13760 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13762 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13763 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13765 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13767 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13768 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13770 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13772 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13773 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13774 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13776 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13778 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13779 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13780 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13781 \(as atoms)")
13783 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13785 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13786 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13787 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13788 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13789 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13791 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13793 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13794 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13795 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13796 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13797 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13798 expansions.
13799 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13800 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13801 undoes the expansion.
13803 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13805 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13806 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13807 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13808 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13810 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13812 ;;;***
13814 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13815 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13816 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13818 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13819 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13820 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13822 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13823 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13824 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13825 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13826 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13828 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13829 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13830 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13831 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13835 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13836 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13837 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13840 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13842 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13844 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13845 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13846 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13848 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13849 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13853 ;;;***
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13856 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13859 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13860 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13861 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13863 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13867 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13868 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13870 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13871 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13872 different list. For example,
13874 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13875 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13877 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13878 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13880 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13881 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13882 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13883 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13884 of a holiday list.
13886 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13888 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13890 ;;;***
13892 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18310
13893 ;;;;;; 14587))
13894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13896 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13897 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13899 \(fn)" t nil)
13901 ;;;***
13903 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13904 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13905 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13906 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13915 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13916 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18310 14570))
13926 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13929 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13930 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13934 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13935 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13937 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13942 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13947 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13952 \(fn)" t nil)
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13957 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13962 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13963 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13964 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13965 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Not documented
13978 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13983 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13985 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13986 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13988 \(fn)" t nil)
13990 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13991 Remove the first filter group.
13993 \(fn)" t nil)
13995 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13996 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13998 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14000 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14001 Remove all filter groups.
14003 \(fn)" t nil)
14005 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14006 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14008 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14010 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14011 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14012 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14014 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Kill the filter group at point.
14018 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14020 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14030 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14032 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14033 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14034 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14035 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14037 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14039 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14040 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14041 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14043 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14047 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14049 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14051 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14052 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14054 \(fn)" t nil)
14056 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14057 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14059 \(fn)" t nil)
14061 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14062 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14064 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14065 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14066 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14068 \(fn)" t nil)
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14073 \(fn)" t nil)
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14078 \(fn)" t nil)
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14082 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14083 filter into parts.
14085 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14089 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14091 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14096 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14099 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14101 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14106 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14108 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14109 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14112 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14118 Default sorting modes are:
14119 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14120 Name - the name of the buffer
14121 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14122 Size - the size of the buffer
14124 \(fn)" t nil)
14126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14127 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14129 \(fn)" t nil)
14130 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14131 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14132 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14135 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14136 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14138 \(fn)" t nil)
14140 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14141 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14142 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14143 for this Ibuffer session.
14145 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14147 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14148 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14149 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14150 for this Ibuffer session.
14152 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14154 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14155 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14157 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14158 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14160 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14161 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14163 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14168 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14169 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14171 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14173 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14174 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14176 \(fn)" t nil)
14178 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14179 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14181 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14182 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14183 hidden group filter, open it.
14185 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14186 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14187 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14189 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14193 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14195 \(fn)" t nil)
14197 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14198 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14200 The names are separated by a space.
14201 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14203 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14204 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14205 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14206 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14208 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14212 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14213 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14215 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14220 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14222 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14223 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14225 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14227 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14228 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14230 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14232 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14233 Mark all modified buffers.
14235 \(fn)" t nil)
14237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14238 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14240 \(fn)" t nil)
14242 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14243 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14245 \(fn)" t nil)
14247 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14248 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14250 \(fn)" t nil)
14252 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14253 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14255 \(fn)" t nil)
14257 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14258 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14260 \(fn)" t nil)
14262 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14263 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14265 \(fn)" t nil)
14267 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14268 Mark all read-only buffers.
14270 \(fn)" t nil)
14272 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14273 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14275 \(fn)" t nil)
14277 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14278 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14279 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14280 defaults to one.
14282 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14284 ;;;***
14286 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14287 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18310
14288 ;;;;;; 14570))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14291 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14292 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14294 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14295 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14296 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14298 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14299 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14300 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14301 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14302 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14303 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14305 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14306 title of the column.
14308 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14309 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14310 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14311 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14312 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14314 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14316 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14317 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14318 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14319 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14320 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14322 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14323 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14324 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14326 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14328 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14329 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14330 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14331 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14332 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14333 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14335 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14336 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14337 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14338 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14339 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14340 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14341 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14342 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14343 values are:
14344 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14345 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14346 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14347 buffer's modification flag.
14348 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14349 prompted before performing this operation.
14350 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14351 operation is complete, in the form:
14352 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14353 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14354 confirmation message, in the form:
14355 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14356 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14357 macro for exactly what it does.
14359 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14361 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14362 Define a filter named NAME.
14363 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14364 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14365 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14367 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14368 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14369 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14370 bound to the current value of the filter.
14372 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14374 ;;;***
14376 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14377 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18310 14571))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14380 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14381 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14382 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14383 buffers which are visiting a file.
14385 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14388 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14389 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14390 buffers which are visiting a file.
14392 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14394 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14395 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14396 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14398 All arguments are optional.
14399 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14400 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14401 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14402 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14403 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14404 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14405 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14406 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14407 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14408 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14409 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14410 that value locally in this buffer.
14412 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14414 ;;;***
14416 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14417 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14418 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18326 18335))
14419 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14421 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14422 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14423 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14424 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14426 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14428 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14429 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14430 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14431 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14432 ICAL-FILENAME.
14433 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14434 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14435 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14437 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14439 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14440 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14441 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14442 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14443 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14444 non-marking or not.
14446 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14448 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14449 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14451 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14452 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14453 DIARY-FILE.
14455 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14456 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14457 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14459 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14460 non-marking.
14462 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14463 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14464 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14466 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14468 ;;;***
14470 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18326
14471 ;;;;;; 18335))
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14474 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14475 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14476 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14478 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14479 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14481 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14483 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14484 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14485 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14486 otherwise turn it off.
14488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14490 ;;;***
14492 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18310 14600))
14493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14495 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14496 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14497 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14498 Tab indents for Icon code.
14499 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14500 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14501 \\{icon-mode-map}
14502 Variables controlling indentation style:
14503 icon-tab-always-indent
14504 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14505 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14506 icon-auto-newline
14507 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14508 inserted in Icon code.
14509 icon-indent-level
14510 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14511 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14512 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14513 icon-continued-statement-offset
14514 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14515 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14516 icon-continued-brace-offset
14517 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14518 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14519 icon-brace-offset
14520 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14521 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14522 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14523 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14525 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14526 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14528 \(fn)" t nil)
14530 ;;;***
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14533 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14536 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14537 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14538 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14539 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14541 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14542 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14543 separate frames.
14545 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14546 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14548 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14549 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14550 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14554 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14556 ;;;***
14558 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14559 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14562 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14563 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14565 The main features of this mode are
14567 1. Indentation and Formatting
14568 --------------------------
14569 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14570 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14572 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14573 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14574 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14575 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14577 Comments are indented as follows:
14579 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14580 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14581 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14583 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14585 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14586 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14587 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14588 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14589 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14590 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14592 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14593 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14594 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14595 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14597 2. Routine Info
14598 ------------
14599 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14600 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14601 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14602 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14603 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14604 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14605 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14606 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14607 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14608 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14610 3. Online IDL Help
14611 ---------------
14613 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14614 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14615 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14616 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14618 4. Completion
14619 ----------
14620 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14621 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14622 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14623 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14624 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14625 upper case.
14627 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14628 --------------------------------
14629 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14630 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14632 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14633 \\fu FUNCTION template
14634 \\c CASE statement template
14635 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14636 \\f FOR loop template
14637 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14638 \\w WHILE loop template
14639 \\i IF statement template
14640 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14641 \\b BEGIN
14643 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14644 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14646 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14647 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14648 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14649 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14651 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14652 -------------------------
14653 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14654 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14656 7. Automatic END completion
14657 ------------------------
14658 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14659 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14661 8. Hooks
14662 -----
14663 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14664 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14666 9. Documentation and Customization
14667 -------------------------------
14668 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14669 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14670 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14671 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14672 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14674 10.Keybindings
14675 -----------
14676 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14677 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14678 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14680 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14683 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14685 ;;;***
14687 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14688 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14689 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14690 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14691 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14692 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14693 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14694 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18310
14695 ;;;;;; 14571))
14696 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14698 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14699 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14700 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14701 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14702 displaying...)
14703 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14704 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14705 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14708 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14710 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14712 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14713 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14714 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14715 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14716 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14717 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14718 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14719 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14720 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14724 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14725 Switch to another buffer.
14726 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14727 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14728 in another frame.
14730 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14731 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14732 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14733 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14734 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14736 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14737 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14739 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14740 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14745 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14749 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14753 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14754 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14755 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14756 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14760 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14761 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14762 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14767 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14768 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14769 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14774 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14775 Kill a buffer.
14776 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14781 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14782 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14783 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14786 \(fn)" t nil)
14788 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14789 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14790 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14795 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14796 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14798 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14800 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14801 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14802 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14803 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14804 visible in another frame.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14807 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14808 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14809 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14810 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14811 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14813 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14814 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14816 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14817 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14819 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14820 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14821 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14822 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14823 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14824 in a separate window.
14825 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14826 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14827 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14828 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14829 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14830 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14831 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14832 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14833 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14834 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14835 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14838 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14839 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14841 \(fn)" t nil)
14843 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14844 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14846 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14848 \(fn)" t nil)
14850 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14851 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14852 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14853 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14855 \(fn)" t nil)
14857 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14858 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14859 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14860 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14862 \(fn)" t nil)
14864 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14865 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14866 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14867 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14869 \(fn)" t nil)
14871 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14872 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14874 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14876 \(fn)" t nil)
14878 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14879 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14880 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14881 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14885 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14892 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14893 Write current buffer to a file.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14899 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14900 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14906 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14907 Call `dired' the ido way.
14908 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14913 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14914 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14915 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14916 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14917 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14918 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14920 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14922 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14923 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14924 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14925 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14927 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14929 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14930 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14931 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14932 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14934 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14936 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14937 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14938 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14939 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14940 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14941 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14942 with `completing-read'.
14943 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14944 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14945 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14946 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14947 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14948 with point positioned at the end.
14949 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14950 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14952 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14954 ;;;***
14956 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18310 14571))
14957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14958 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14960 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14961 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14962 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14964 \(fn)" t nil)
14966 ;;;***
14968 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14969 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14972 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14973 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14975 \(fn)" t nil)
14977 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14978 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14982 ;;;***
14984 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14985 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14986 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14987 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14988 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18316 51172))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14991 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14992 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14993 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14994 be determined.
14996 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14998 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14999 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15000 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15001 be determined.
15003 \(fn)" nil nil)
15005 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15006 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15007 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15008 be determined.
15010 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15012 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15013 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15014 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15015 be determined.
15017 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15019 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15020 Determine and return image type.
15021 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15022 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15023 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15024 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15025 use its file extension as image type.
15026 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15028 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15030 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15031 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15032 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15034 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15036 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15037 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15038 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15040 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15041 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15042 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15044 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15047 Create an image.
15048 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15049 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15050 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15051 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15052 use its file extension as image type.
15053 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15054 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15055 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15056 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15058 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15060 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15062 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15063 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15064 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15065 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15066 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15067 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15068 POS may be an integer or marker.
15069 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15070 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15071 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15072 means display it in the right marginal area.
15074 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15076 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15077 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15078 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15079 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15080 defaulted if you omit it.
15081 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15082 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15083 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15084 means display it in the right marginal area.
15085 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15086 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15087 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15088 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15089 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15091 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15093 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15094 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15095 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15096 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15097 defaulted if you omit it.
15098 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15099 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15100 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15101 means display it in the right marginal area.
15102 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15104 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15106 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15107 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15108 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15109 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15111 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15113 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15114 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15116 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15118 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15119 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15120 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15121 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15122 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15123 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15124 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15125 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15126 satisfied.
15128 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15130 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15132 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15135 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15137 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15138 documentation string.
15140 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15141 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15142 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15143 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15144 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15145 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15146 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15147 define SYMBOL.
15149 Example:
15151 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15152 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15154 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15156 ;;;***
15158 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15159 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15160 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15161 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15162 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15163 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15164 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15165 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18310 14571))
15166 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15168 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15169 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15171 \(fn)" t nil)
15173 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15174 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15176 Convenience command that:
15178 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15179 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15180 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15182 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15183 image files in dired and type
15184 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15186 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15188 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15189 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15191 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15193 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15194 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15195 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15196 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15197 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15198 another one).
15200 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15201 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15202 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15204 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15205 instead of erasing it first.
15207 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15208 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15209 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15210 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15211 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15212 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15214 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15216 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15217 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15218 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15219 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15220 displayed.
15222 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15224 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15226 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15228 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15229 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15231 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15233 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15234 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15235 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15237 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15239 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15240 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15242 \(fn)" t nil)
15244 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15245 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15246 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15247 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15249 \(fn)" t nil)
15251 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15252 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15254 \(fn)" t nil)
15256 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15257 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15259 \(fn)" t nil)
15261 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15262 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15264 \(fn)" t nil)
15266 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15267 Display current image file.
15268 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15269 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15273 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15274 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15276 \(fn)" t nil)
15278 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15279 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15280 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15281 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15282 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15283 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15284 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15286 \(fn)" t nil)
15288 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15289 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15290 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15291 easy-to-use form.
15293 \(fn)" t nil)
15295 ;;;***
15297 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15298 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15299 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18310 14571))
15300 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15302 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15303 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15304 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15305 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15307 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15308 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15309 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15310 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15312 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15314 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15315 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15316 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15317 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15319 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15320 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15321 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15322 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15324 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15326 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15327 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15329 \(fn)" nil nil)
15331 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15332 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15333 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15334 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15336 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15338 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15339 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15340 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15343 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15345 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15347 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15348 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15349 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15350 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15352 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15353 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15354 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15358 ;;;***
15360 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15361 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18310 14571))
15362 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15363 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15364 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15365 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15366 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15367 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15368 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15370 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15371 Major mode for image files.
15372 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15373 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15375 \(fn)" t nil)
15377 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15378 Toggle Image minor mode.
15379 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15380 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15384 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15385 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15386 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15387 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15388 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15389 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15391 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15392 information on these modes.
15394 \(fn)" t nil)
15396 ;;;***
15398 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15399 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18310 14571))
15400 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15402 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15403 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15405 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15407 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15408 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15409 in the buffer.
15411 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15413 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15414 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15415 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15417 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15419 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15420 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15422 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15423 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15424 pattern's structure.
15426 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15427 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15428 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15429 during matching.")
15431 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15433 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15434 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15436 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15437 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15438 called within a `save-excursion'.
15440 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15444 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15445 Function for finding the next index position.
15447 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15448 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15449 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15450 file.
15452 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15453 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15455 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15457 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15458 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15460 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15461 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15462 It should return the name for that index item.")
15464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15466 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15467 Function to compare string with index item.
15469 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15470 non-nil if they match.
15472 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15473 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15474 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15475 arguments match\".")
15477 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15479 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15480 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15481 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15483 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15485 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15487 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15489 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15490 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15491 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15492 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15494 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15496 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15497 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15499 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15501 \(fn)" t nil)
15503 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15504 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15505 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15506 for more information.
15508 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15510 ;;;***
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15513 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15514 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18310 14591))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15517 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15518 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15520 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15522 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15523 Not documented
15525 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15527 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15528 Not documented
15530 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15532 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15533 Not documented
15535 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15537 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15538 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15539 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15540 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15541 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15543 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15545 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15546 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15547 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15548 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15549 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15551 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15553 ;;;***
15555 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15556 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15557 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18310 14600))
15558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15560 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15561 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15562 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15563 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15564 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15566 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15568 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15569 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15571 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15573 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15574 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15575 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15576 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15577 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15578 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15579 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15580 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15582 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15584 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15585 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15586 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15587 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15588 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15590 This variable is only used if the variable
15591 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15593 More precise choices:
15594 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15595 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15596 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15598 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15600 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15602 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15603 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15605 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15606 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15607 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15608 to that buffer.
15609 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15610 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15611 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15612 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15614 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15615 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15617 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15619 ;;;***
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15622 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15623 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15624 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18310 14572))
15625 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15627 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15628 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15630 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15631 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15632 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15634 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15635 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15636 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15637 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15638 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15639 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15640 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15641 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15642 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15643 with the top-level Info directory.
15645 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15646 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15647 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15648 appended to the Info buffer name.
15650 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15651 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15652 in all the directories in that path.
15654 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15656 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15657 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15659 \(fn)" t nil)
15661 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15662 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15663 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15664 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15666 \(fn)" nil nil)
15668 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15669 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15670 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15671 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15673 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15675 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15676 Go to the Info directory node.
15678 \(fn)" t nil)
15680 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15681 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15682 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15683 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15684 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15685 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15687 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15689 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15690 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15691 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15693 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15695 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15696 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15697 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15698 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15699 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15701 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15702 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15704 Selecting other nodes:
15705 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15706 Follow a node reference you click on.
15707 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15708 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15709 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15710 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15711 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15712 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15713 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15714 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15715 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15716 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15717 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15718 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15719 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15720 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15721 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15722 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15723 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15724 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15725 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15726 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15728 Moving within a node:
15729 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15730 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15731 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15732 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15733 move up to the parent node.
15734 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15735 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15736 if there is none.
15737 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15739 Advanced commands:
15740 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15741 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15742 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15743 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15744 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15745 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15746 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15747 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15748 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15749 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15750 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15751 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15752 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15753 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15754 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15755 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15757 \(fn)" nil nil)
15758 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15760 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15761 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15762 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15763 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15764 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15765 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15767 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15768 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15770 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15771 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15772 KEY is a string.
15773 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15774 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15775 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15776 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15778 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15780 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15781 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15782 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15784 \(fn)" t nil)
15786 ;;;***
15788 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15789 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15790 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15793 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15794 Throw away all cached data.
15795 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15796 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15797 system.
15799 \(fn)" t nil)
15800 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15802 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15803 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15804 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15805 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15806 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15807 one found at point.
15809 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15811 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15812 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15814 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15815 Display the documentation of a file.
15816 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15817 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15818 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15819 The default file name is the one found at point.
15821 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15823 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15825 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15826 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15828 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15830 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15831 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15833 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15835 ;;;***
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15838 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18310 14571))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15841 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15842 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15844 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15846 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15847 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15848 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15852 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15853 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15854 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15856 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15857 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15858 quite a while.
15860 \(fn)" t nil)
15862 ;;;***
15864 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15865 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18310 14572))
15866 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15868 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15869 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15871 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15873 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15874 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15875 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15877 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15878 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15879 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15881 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15882 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15883 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15884 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15886 \(fn)" t nil)
15888 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15889 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15890 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15894 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15895 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15896 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15897 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15898 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15900 \(fn)" nil nil)
15902 ;;;***
15904 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15905 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15906 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
15907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15909 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15910 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15912 \(fn)" t nil)
15914 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15915 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15917 \(fn)" t nil)
15919 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15920 Not documented
15922 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15924 ;;;***
15926 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18310
15927 ;;;;;; 14572))
15928 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15930 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15931 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15932 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15933 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15934 accessed via isearchb.
15936 \(fn)" t nil)
15938 ;;;***
15940 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15941 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15942 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15943 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18310 14589))
15944 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15946 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15948 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15956 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15962 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15970 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15978 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15986 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15994 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16004 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16011 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16012 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16014 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16016 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16017 Warn that format is read-only.
16019 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16021 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Warn that format is write-only.
16024 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16026 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16029 \(fn)" t nil)
16031 ;;;***
16033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16034 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16036 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16037 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16038 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16040 ;;;***
16042 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16043 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16044 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16045 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16046 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16047 ;;;;;; (18355 36600))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16049 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16051 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16052 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16053 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16054 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16056 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16057 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16059 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16060 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16061 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16063 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16064 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16065 re-start Emacs.")
16067 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16069 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16071 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16073 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16075 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16077 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16079 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16081 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16082 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16084 Each element of this list is also a list:
16086 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16087 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16089 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16090 nil means the default dictionary.
16092 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16094 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16096 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16097 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16098 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16099 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16100 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16101 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16102 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16103 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16104 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16106 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16107 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16108 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16109 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16110 for non-ASCII bytes.
16112 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16113 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16114 single word.
16116 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16117 subprocess.
16119 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16120 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16121 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16122 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16123 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16124 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16125 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16126 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16128 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16130 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16131 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16132 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16134 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16135 Key map for ispell menu.")
16137 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16138 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16139 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16140 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16142 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16144 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16146 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16148 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16150 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16151 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16152 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16153 Valid forms include:
16154 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16155 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16156 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16157 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16159 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16160 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16161 First list is used raw.
16162 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16164 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16165 for skipping in latex mode.")
16167 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16168 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16169 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16170 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16171 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16172 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16173 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16175 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16176 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16177 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16178 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16180 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16181 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16182 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16183 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16184 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16186 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16187 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16189 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16190 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16192 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16193 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16195 Return values:
16196 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16197 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16198 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16199 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16200 quit spell session exited.
16202 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16204 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16205 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16206 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16208 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16210 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16211 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16213 Selections are:
16215 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16216 SPC: Accept word this time.
16217 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16218 `a': Accept word for this session.
16219 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16220 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16221 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16222 `?': Show these commands.
16223 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16224 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16225 the aborted check to be completed later.
16226 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16227 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16228 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16229 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16230 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16231 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16232 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16234 \(fn)" nil nil)
16236 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16237 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16238 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16240 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16242 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16243 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16244 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16245 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16247 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16249 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16251 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16252 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16253 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16254 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16256 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16258 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16259 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16261 \(fn)" t nil)
16263 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16264 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16266 \(fn)" t nil)
16268 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16269 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16271 \(fn)" t nil)
16273 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16274 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16275 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16276 sequence inside of a word.
16278 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16280 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16282 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16283 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16285 \(fn)" t nil)
16287 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16288 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16289 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16290 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16292 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16293 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16294 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16295 available on the net.
16297 \(fn)" t nil)
16299 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16300 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16301 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16302 otherwise turn it off.
16304 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16305 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16307 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16308 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16312 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16313 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16314 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16315 Don't check included messages.
16317 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16318 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16319 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16321 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16322 in your .emacs file:
16323 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16324 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16325 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16326 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16328 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16329 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16330 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16332 \(fn)" t nil)
16334 ;;;***
16336 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18383
16337 ;;;;;; 1606))
16338 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16340 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16341 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16342 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16345 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16347 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16349 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16350 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16351 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16352 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16353 `iswitchb' for details.
16355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16357 ;;;***
16359 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16360 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16361 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16362 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18310 14591))
16363 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16365 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16366 Not documented
16368 \(fn)" nil nil)
16370 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16371 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16372 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16373 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16374 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16375 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16376 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16377 necessary to represent OBJ.
16379 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16381 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16383 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16384 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16386 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16388 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16389 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16390 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16391 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16392 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16394 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16396 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16397 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16398 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16399 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16401 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16403 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16404 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16405 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16406 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16408 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16410 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16411 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16415 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16416 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16417 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16418 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16419 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16421 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16423 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16424 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16425 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16426 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16427 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16429 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16431 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16432 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16433 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16435 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16437 ;;;***
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16440 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18310 14572))
16441 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16443 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16444 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16445 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16446 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16448 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16449 Not documented
16451 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16453 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16454 Uninstall jka-compr.
16455 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16456 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16457 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16459 \(fn)" nil nil)
16461 ;;;***
16463 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16464 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16465 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
16466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16468 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16469 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471 decimal key must be specified.")
16473 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16475 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16476 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16477 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16478 decimal key must be specified.")
16480 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16482 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16483 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16484 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16485 decimal key must be specified.")
16487 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16489 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16490 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16491 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16492 decimal key must be specified.")
16494 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16496 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16497 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16498 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16499 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16500 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16501 keys are bound.
16503 Setup Binding
16504 -------------------------------------------------------------
16505 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16506 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16507 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16508 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16509 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16510 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16511 in the global and local keymaps.
16513 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16514 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16516 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16521 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16524 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16525 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16526 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16528 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16529 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16530 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16531 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16532 shorter.
16534 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16535 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16536 the context of text formatting.
16538 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16540 ;;;***
16542 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18310
16543 ;;;;;; 14589))
16544 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16546 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16547 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16548 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16549 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16550 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16551 positions that contains the current selection.")
16553 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16554 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16555 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16556 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16557 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16558 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16559 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16561 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16563 ;;;***
16565 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16566 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16567 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16568 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18310 14572))
16569 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16570 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16571 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16572 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16573 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16574 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16575 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16576 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16578 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16579 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16580 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16581 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16582 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16584 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16586 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16587 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16588 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16590 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16591 defining the macro.
16593 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16594 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16595 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16597 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16598 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16600 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16602 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16603 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16604 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16605 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16606 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16607 under that name.
16609 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16610 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16611 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16615 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16616 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16617 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16619 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16620 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16621 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16622 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16624 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16625 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16627 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16629 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16630 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16631 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16633 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16634 macro.
16636 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16637 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16639 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16640 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16641 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16643 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16644 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16646 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16648 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16649 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16650 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16651 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16653 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16655 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16656 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16657 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16658 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16660 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16661 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16663 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16665 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16666 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16667 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16671 ;;;***
16673 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16674 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16675 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16678 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16680 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16681 Not documented
16683 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16685 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16686 Not documented
16688 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16690 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16691 Not documented
16693 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16695 ;;;***
16697 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16698 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18310 14591))
16699 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16701 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16702 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16703 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16705 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16706 Not documented
16708 \(fn)" nil nil)
16710 ;;;***
16712 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16713 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16716 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16718 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16719 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16721 \(fn)" t nil)
16723 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16725 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16726 Start or resume an Lm game.
16727 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16728 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16730 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16731 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16732 none / 1 | yes | no
16733 2 | yes | yes
16734 3 | no | yes
16735 4 | no | no
16737 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16738 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16739 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16741 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16743 ;;;***
16745 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16746 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16747 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18310
16748 ;;;;;; 14591))
16749 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16751 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16752 Not documented
16754 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16756 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16757 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16758 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16759 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16760 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16761 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16763 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16764 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16766 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16768 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16769 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16771 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16773 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16774 Not documented
16776 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16778 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16779 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16780 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16781 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16782 to compose.
16784 The return value is number of composed characters.
16786 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16788 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16789 Not documented
16791 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16793 ;;;***
16795 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16796 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16797 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18310 14589))
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16800 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16801 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16802 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16803 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16805 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16807 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16808 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16809 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16811 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16813 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16814 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16815 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16817 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16819 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16820 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16821 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16822 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16824 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16826 ;;;***
16828 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16829 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18310 14590))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16832 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16833 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16834 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16835 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16836 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16837 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16838 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16839 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16841 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16842 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16845 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16847 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16849 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16850 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16851 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16852 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16853 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16854 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16855 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16856 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16858 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16860 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16861 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16862 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16863 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16866 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16868 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16870 ;;;***
16872 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16873 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16876 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16878 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16880 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16881 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16883 \(fn)" t nil)
16885 ;;;***
16887 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16888 ;;;;;; (18310 14572))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16891 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16892 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16894 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16895 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16897 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16898 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16900 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16901 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16902 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16903 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16904 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16905 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16906 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16907 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16908 and transmit saved text.
16910 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16911 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16912 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16914 \(fn)" t nil)
16916 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16917 Not documented
16919 \(fn)" nil nil)
16921 ;;;***
16923 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18310 14597))
16924 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16926 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16927 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16928 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16929 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16930 generations (this defaults to 1).
16932 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16934 ;;;***
16936 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18310
16937 ;;;;;; 14572))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16940 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16941 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16942 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16943 is nil, raise an error.
16945 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16946 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16947 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16948 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16949 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16950 defined by the library.
16952 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16953 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16954 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16955 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16956 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16957 proceeds.
16959 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16960 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16961 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16962 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16964 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16966 ;;;***
16968 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16969 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18310 14572))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16972 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16973 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16974 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16976 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16978 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16979 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16980 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16981 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16983 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16984 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16985 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16986 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16987 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16988 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16989 the version.)
16991 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16992 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16994 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16995 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16997 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16999 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17001 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17002 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17003 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17004 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17005 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17006 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17007 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17008 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17009 to constrain a big search.
17011 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17013 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17014 except that FILTER is not optional.
17016 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17018 ;;;***
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18310 14573))
17021 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17023 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17024 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17025 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17026 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17027 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17028 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17029 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17030 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17031 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17032 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17033 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17034 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17035 uses the current buffer.
17037 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17039 ;;;***
17041 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18310
17042 ;;;;;; 14573))
17043 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17045 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17046 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17048 \(fn)" t nil)
17050 ;;;***
17052 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18310
17053 ;;;;;; 14573))
17054 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17056 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17057 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17058 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17059 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17060 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17062 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17063 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17064 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17066 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17067 are indicated with a symbol.
17069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17071 ;;;***
17073 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17074 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18330
17075 ;;;;;; 34098))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17078 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17080 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17082 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type (quote (emx ms-dos))) "PRN") "\
17083 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17084 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17086 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17087 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17089 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17090 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17091 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17092 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17093 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17094 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17095 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17097 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17099 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17100 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17101 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17102 switch on this list.
17103 See `lpr-command'.")
17105 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17107 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17108 *Name of program for printing a file.
17110 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17111 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17112 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17113 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17114 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17115 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17116 argument.")
17118 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17120 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17121 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17122 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17123 for customization of the printer command.
17125 \(fn)" t nil)
17127 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17128 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17130 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17131 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17132 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17133 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17135 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17136 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17138 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17139 for further customization of the printer command.
17141 \(fn)" t nil)
17143 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17144 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17145 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17146 for customization of the printer command.
17148 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17150 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17151 Paginate and print the region contents.
17153 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17154 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17155 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17156 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17158 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17159 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17161 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17162 for further customization of the printer command.
17164 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17166 ;;;***
17168 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17169 ;;;;;; (18310 14573))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17172 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17173 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17174 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17176 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17178 ;;;***
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18310
17181 ;;;;;; 14580))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17184 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17185 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17186 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17188 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17192 ;;;***
17194 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18310
17195 ;;;;;; 14600))
17196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17198 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17199 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17200 \\{m4-mode-map}
17202 \(fn)" t nil)
17204 ;;;***
17206 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17207 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
17208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17210 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17211 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17212 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17213 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17214 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17216 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17218 ;;;***
17220 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17221 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18310 14573))
17222 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17224 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17225 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17226 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17227 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17228 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17230 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17232 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17233 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17234 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17235 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17237 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17238 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17239 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17240 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17241 bindings.
17243 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17244 use this command, and then save the file.
17246 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17248 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17249 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17250 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17251 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17252 each time the macro executes.
17253 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17254 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17255 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17256 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17257 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17258 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17259 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17261 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17263 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17264 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17265 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17266 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17268 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17269 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17270 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17271 execute.
17273 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17274 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17276 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17277 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17278 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17279 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17280 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17282 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17283 looked like this:
17285 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17286 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17287 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17289 You could enter the names in this format:
17295 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17297 \\C-x (
17298 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17299 \\C-x )
17301 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17302 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17304 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17305 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17307 ;;;***
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17310 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18355 36599))
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17313 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17314 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17315 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17316 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17317 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17318 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17320 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17321 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17322 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17323 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17324 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17326 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17327 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17328 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17329 consing a string.)
17331 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17333 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17334 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17336 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17338 ;;;***
17340 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17341 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17342 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17345 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17346 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17348 \(fn)" nil nil)
17350 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17351 Not documented
17353 \(fn)" nil nil)
17355 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17356 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17358 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17360 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17361 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17362 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17363 message.
17365 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17367 \(fn)" nil nil)
17369 ;;;***
17371 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17372 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17373 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18310
17374 ;;;;;; 14591))
17375 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17377 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17378 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17379 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17380 often correct parser.")
17382 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17384 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17385 Not documented
17387 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17389 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17390 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17391 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17392 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17394 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17396 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17397 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17398 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17399 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17401 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17403 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17404 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17405 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17406 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17407 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17408 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17409 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17410 as Rmail does.
17412 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17414 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17415 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17416 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17417 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17418 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17419 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17421 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17423 ;;;***
17425 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17426 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18310 14591))
17427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17429 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17430 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17432 \(fn)" nil nil)
17434 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17435 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17436 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17438 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17440 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17441 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17442 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17444 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17446 ;;;***
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17449 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18310
17450 ;;;;;; 14591))
17451 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17453 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17454 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17455 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17456 king@grassland.com
17457 If `parens', they look like:
17458 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17459 If `angles', they look like:
17460 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17462 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17464 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17465 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17466 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17467 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17468 their `Resent-' variants.
17470 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17471 removed from alias expansions.
17473 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17475 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17476 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17477 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17479 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17480 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17481 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17482 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17484 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17486 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17487 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17488 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17489 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17491 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17493 ;;;***
17495 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17496 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17497 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17499 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17500 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17501 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17502 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17504 \(fn)" nil nil)
17506 ;;;***
17508 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17509 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17510 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18310 14600))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17513 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17514 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17516 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17517 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17518 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17519 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17520 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17521 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17523 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17524 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17525 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17526 dependency, despite the colon.
17528 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17530 In the browser, use the following keys:
17532 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17534 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17536 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17537 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17539 `makefile-target-colon':
17540 The string that gets appended to all target names
17541 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17542 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17544 `makefile-macro-assign':
17545 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17546 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17547 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17548 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17549 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17550 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17552 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17553 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17554 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17556 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17557 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17559 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17560 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17561 up or down in the browser.
17563 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17564 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17566 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17567 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17569 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17570 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17571 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17572 has been selected in the browser.
17574 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17575 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17576 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17577 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17578 filenames are omitted.
17580 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17581 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17582 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17583 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17584 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17585 the backslash itself intact.
17586 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17587 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17589 `makefile-browser-hook':
17590 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17591 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17593 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17594 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17595 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17596 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17598 \(fn)" t nil)
17600 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17601 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17603 \(fn)" t nil)
17605 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17606 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17608 \(fn)" t nil)
17610 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17611 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17613 \(fn)" t nil)
17615 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17616 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17618 \(fn)" t nil)
17620 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17621 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17623 \(fn)" t nil)
17625 ;;;***
17627 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18310
17628 ;;;;;; 14573))
17629 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17631 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17632 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17633 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17635 \(fn)" t nil)
17637 ;;;***
17639 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18310 14574))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17642 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17644 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17645 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17646 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17647 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17648 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17649 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17650 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17652 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17653 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17654 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17655 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17657 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17659 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17660 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17662 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17664 ;;;***
17666 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18310 14574))
17667 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17669 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17670 Toggle Master mode.
17671 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17672 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17673 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17675 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17676 following commands:
17678 \\{master-mode-map}
17680 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17681 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17682 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17686 ;;;***
17688 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18384
17689 ;;;;;; 14919))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17692 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17694 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17695 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17696 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17699 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17701 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17703 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17704 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17705 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17706 created in the future.
17707 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17708 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17712 ;;;***
17714 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17715 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17716 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17717 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17718 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17719 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17720 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17721 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17722 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17723 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17724 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18310 14587))
17725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17727 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17728 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17730 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17731 king@grassland.com
17732 If `parens', they look like:
17733 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17734 If `angles', they look like:
17735 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17737 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17738 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17740 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17742 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17743 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17745 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17747 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17748 *Local news organization file.")
17750 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17752 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17753 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17754 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17755 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17757 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17758 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17759 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17761 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17763 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17765 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17766 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17768 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17769 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17770 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17771 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17773 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17775 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17776 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17777 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17778 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17780 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17782 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17783 *Function for citing an original message.
17784 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17785 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17786 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17788 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17790 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17791 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17792 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17793 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17794 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17796 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17798 (defvar message-signature t "\
17799 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17800 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17801 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17802 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17804 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17806 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17807 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17808 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17809 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17811 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17813 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17814 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17816 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17818 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17820 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17821 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17822 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17823 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17824 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17825 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17826 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17827 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17828 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17829 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17830 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17831 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17832 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17833 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17834 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17835 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17836 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17837 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17838 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17839 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17840 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17841 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17842 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17843 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17844 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17845 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17846 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17847 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17848 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17849 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17850 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17851 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17852 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17853 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17854 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17855 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17856 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17860 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17861 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17862 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17863 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17864 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17866 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17868 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17869 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17871 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17873 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17874 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17876 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17878 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17879 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17881 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17883 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17884 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17885 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17887 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17889 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17890 Cancel an article you posted.
17891 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17895 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17896 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17897 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17898 header line with the old Message-ID.
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17902 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17903 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17907 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17908 Forward the current message via mail.
17909 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17910 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17912 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17914 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17915 Not documented
17917 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17919 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17920 Not documented
17922 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17924 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17925 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17927 \(fn)" t nil)
17929 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17930 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17932 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17934 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17935 Re-mail the current message.
17936 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17937 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17938 you.
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17942 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17943 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17945 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17947 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17948 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17950 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17952 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17953 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17955 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17957 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17958 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17960 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17962 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17963 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17964 Works by overstriking characters.
17965 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17966 which specify the range to operate on.
17968 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17970 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17971 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17972 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17973 which specify the range to operate on.
17975 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17977 ;;;***
17979 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17980 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
17981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17983 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17984 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17985 Special commands:
17986 \\{meta-mode-map}
17988 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17989 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17991 \(fn)" t nil)
17993 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17994 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17995 Special commands:
17996 \\{meta-mode-map}
17998 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17999 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18001 \(fn)" t nil)
18003 ;;;***
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18006 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18007 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18008 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18010 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18011 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18012 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18014 \(fn)" t nil)
18016 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18017 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18018 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18019 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18020 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18021 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18022 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18024 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18026 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18027 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18028 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18029 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18030 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18031 means current).
18032 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18033 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18035 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18037 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18038 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18039 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18040 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18041 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18042 means current).
18043 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18044 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18046 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18048 ;;;***
18050 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18051 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18052 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18310 14593))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18055 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18056 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18057 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18059 \(fn)" t nil)
18061 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18062 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18063 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18065 \(fn)" t nil)
18067 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18068 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18070 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18071 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18072 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18074 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18075 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18077 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18078 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18080 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18082 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18084 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18085 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18086 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18087 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18088 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18089 as `compose-mail'.
18091 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18092 initial Subject field, respectively.
18094 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18095 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18096 are strings.
18098 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18099 ignored.
18101 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18103 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18104 Save draft and send message.
18106 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18107 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18108 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18109 Mail Delivery*\".
18111 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18112 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18113 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18115 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18116 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18117 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18118 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18119 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18120 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18122 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18123 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18127 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18128 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18130 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18131 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18132 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18133 delete the draft message.
18135 \(fn)" t nil)
18137 ;;;***
18139 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18355 36599))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18142 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18144 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18146 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18148 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18149 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18151 \(fn)" t nil)
18153 ;;;***
18155 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18156 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18310 14593))
18157 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18159 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18160 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18161 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18163 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18164 the MH mail system.
18166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18168 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18169 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18170 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18172 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18173 the MH mail system.
18175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18177 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18178 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18180 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18181 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18182 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18183 separate command.
18185 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18186 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18187 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18188 format.
18190 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18192 Ranges
18193 ======
18194 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18195 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18196 can be used in several ways.
18198 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18199 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18200 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18201 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18202 page):
18204 <num1>-<num2>
18205 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18206 The range must be nonempty.
18208 <num>:N
18209 <num>:+N
18210 <num>:-N
18211 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18212 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18213 last.
18215 first:N
18216 prev:N
18217 next:N
18218 last:N
18219 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18222 All of the messages.
18224 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18225 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18227 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18228 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18229 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18231 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18233 \(fn)" t nil)
18235 ;;;***
18237 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18238 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18310 14574))
18239 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18241 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18242 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18243 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18244 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18245 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18246 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18247 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18248 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18249 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18250 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18251 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18255 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18256 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18257 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18258 to its second argument TM.
18260 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18262 ;;;***
18264 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18265 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18310 14574))
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18268 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18269 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18270 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18273 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18275 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18277 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18278 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18279 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18280 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18281 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18282 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18283 default indication.
18285 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18286 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18290 ;;;***
18292 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18293 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
18294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18296 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18297 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18298 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18302 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18304 ;;;***
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18307 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18308 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18309 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18311 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18312 Not documented
18314 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18316 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18317 Not documented
18319 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18321 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18322 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18323 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18324 PATTERN regexp.
18326 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18328 ;;;***
18330 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18331 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18310 14588))
18332 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18334 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18335 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18337 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18339 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18340 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18341 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18342 the entire message.
18343 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18345 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18347 ;;;***
18349 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18350 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18353 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18354 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18355 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18356 the entire message.
18357 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18359 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18361 ;;;***
18363 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18364 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18310 14588))
18365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18367 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18368 Insert file contents of URL.
18369 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18371 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18373 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18374 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18376 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18378 ;;;***
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18381 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18310 14588))
18382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18384 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18385 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18386 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18387 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18388 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18390 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18392 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18393 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18394 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18396 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18398 ;;;***
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18401 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18404 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18405 Not documented
18407 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18409 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18410 Not documented
18412 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18414 ;;;***
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18417 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18418 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18310 14588))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18421 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18422 Not documented
18424 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18426 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18427 Not documented
18429 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18431 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18432 Not documented
18434 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18436 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18437 Not documented
18439 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18441 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18442 Not documented
18444 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18446 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18447 Not documented
18449 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18451 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18452 Not documented
18454 \(fn)" nil nil)
18456 ;;;***
18458 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18459 ;;;;;; (18130 57254))
18460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18462 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18463 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18464 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18465 followed by the first character of the construct.
18466 \\<m2-mode-map>
18467 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18468 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18469 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18470 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18471 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18472 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18473 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18474 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18475 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18476 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18477 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18478 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18479 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18480 \\[m2-link] link
18482 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18483 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18484 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18486 \(fn)" t nil)
18488 ;;;***
18490 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18491 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18494 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18495 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18497 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18499 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18500 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18504 ;;;***
18506 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18310
18507 ;;;;;; 14574))
18508 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18510 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18511 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18512 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18513 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18514 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18515 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18517 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18519 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18520 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18521 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18522 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18524 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18526 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18528 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18530 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18531 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18532 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18533 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18534 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18535 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18537 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18538 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18539 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18540 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18541 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18543 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18544 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18546 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18547 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18549 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18551 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18552 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18553 primary selection and region.
18555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18557 ;;;***
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18310 14597))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18562 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18563 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18565 \(fn)" t nil)
18567 ;;;***
18569 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18310 14574))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18572 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18573 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18574 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18575 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18576 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18577 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18579 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18581 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18582 Toggle Msb mode.
18583 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18584 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18585 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18589 ;;;***
18591 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18592 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18593 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18594 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18595 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18596 ;;;;;; (18310 14590))
18597 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18599 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18600 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18601 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18602 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18603 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18604 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18605 set of ISO charsets.
18607 Each element has the following format:
18608 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18610 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18612 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18613 CHARSET are mapped.
18615 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18616 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18617 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18618 character code in CHARSET.
18620 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18621 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18622 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18624 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18625 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18626 TO2, or...
18627 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18628 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18630 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18631 Display a list of all character sets.
18633 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18634 internal Emacs use.
18636 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18637 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18638 hexadecimal digits.
18639 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18640 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18642 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18643 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18644 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18645 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18647 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18648 but still shows the full information.
18650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18653 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18654 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18655 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18656 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18658 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18659 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18660 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18661 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18662 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18664 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18666 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18667 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18668 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18669 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18670 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18672 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18674 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18675 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18677 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18679 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18680 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18682 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18684 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18685 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18687 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18688 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18689 in place of `..':
18690 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18691 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18692 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18693 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18694 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18695 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18696 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18697 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18698 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18699 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18700 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18701 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18702 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18703 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18704 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18705 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18707 \(fn)" t nil)
18709 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18712 \(fn)" t nil)
18714 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18715 Display a list of all coding systems.
18716 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18718 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18719 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18723 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display a list of all coding categories.
18726 \(fn)" nil nil)
18728 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18730 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18732 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18734 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18735 Display information about FONTSET.
18736 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18738 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18740 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18741 Display a list of all fontsets.
18742 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18743 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18744 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18746 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18748 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18749 Display information about all input methods.
18751 \(fn)" t nil)
18753 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18756 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18757 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18758 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18759 system which uses fontsets).
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18763 ;;;***
18765 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18766 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18767 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18768 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18769 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18770 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18310 14590))
18771 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18773 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18774 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18775 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18777 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18779 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18781 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18782 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18784 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18785 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18787 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18788 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18790 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18792 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18793 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18794 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18795 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18796 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18797 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18798 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18800 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18801 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18802 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18803 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18804 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18805 middle of a character in STR.
18807 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18808 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18810 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18811 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18812 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18813 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18814 defaults to \"...\".
18816 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18818 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18819 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18821 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18822 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18823 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18825 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18826 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18827 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18829 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18830 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18831 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18832 is considered.
18833 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18834 longer than KEYSEQ.
18835 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18837 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18839 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18840 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18841 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18842 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18843 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18844 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18845 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18846 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18847 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18848 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18849 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18851 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18853 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18854 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18856 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18858 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18859 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18861 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18863 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18864 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18866 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18868 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18869 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18871 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18873 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18874 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18875 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18876 coding systems ordered by priority.
18878 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18880 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18881 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18882 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18883 language environment LANG-ENV.
18885 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18887 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18888 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18889 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18890 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18891 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18892 basis, this may not be accurate.
18894 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18896 ;;;***
18898 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18899 ;;;;;; (18310 14574))
18900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18902 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18903 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18904 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18905 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18906 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18907 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18909 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18911 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18912 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18913 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18914 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18918 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18919 Enable mouse wheel support.
18921 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18923 ;;;***
18925 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18926 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18927 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ifconfig ping traceroute)
18928 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18372 16112))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18931 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18932 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18934 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18936 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18937 Ping HOST.
18938 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18939 `ping-program-options'.
18941 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18943 (autoload (quote ifconfig) "net-utils" "\
18944 Run ifconfig program.
18946 \(fn)" t nil)
18948 (defalias (quote ipconfig) (quote ifconfig))
18950 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18951 Run netstat program.
18953 \(fn)" t nil)
18955 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18956 Run arp program.
18958 \(fn)" t nil)
18960 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18961 Run route program.
18963 \(fn)" t nil)
18965 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18966 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18968 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18970 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18971 Run nslookup program.
18973 \(fn)" t nil)
18975 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18976 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18978 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18980 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18981 Run dig program.
18983 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18985 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18986 Run ftp program.
18988 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18990 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18991 Finger USER on HOST.
18993 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18995 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18996 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18997 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18998 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19000 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19002 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19003 Not documented
19005 \(fn)" t nil)
19007 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19008 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19010 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19012 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19013 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19015 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19017 ;;;***
19019 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19020 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19021 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19022 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19023 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19024 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18383 1607))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19027 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19029 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19031 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19033 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19035 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19036 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19037 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19038 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19039 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19040 Major modes should set this variable.")
19042 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19043 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19044 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19045 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19046 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19047 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19049 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19050 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19052 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19053 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19054 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19056 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19057 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19058 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19059 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19060 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19062 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19063 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19064 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19066 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19067 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19068 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19069 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19071 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19072 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19073 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19074 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19075 column indentation or nil.
19076 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19078 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19079 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19080 The function has no args.
19082 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19083 comments always start in column zero.")
19085 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19086 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19087 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19089 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19091 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19092 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19093 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19094 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19096 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19097 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19099 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19101 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19102 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19103 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19104 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19105 customize this variable.
19107 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19108 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19110 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19112 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19113 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19114 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19115 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19116 the variables are properly set.
19118 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19120 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19121 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19123 \(fn)" nil nil)
19125 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19126 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19127 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19129 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19131 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19132 Set the comment column based on point.
19133 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19134 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19135 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19136 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19140 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19141 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19142 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19144 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19146 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19147 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19148 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19149 comment markers.
19151 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19153 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19154 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19155 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19156 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19157 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19158 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19159 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19160 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19162 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19163 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19165 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19167 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19168 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19169 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19170 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19172 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19174 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19175 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19176 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19177 is passed on to the respective function.
19179 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19181 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19182 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19183 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19184 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19185 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19186 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19187 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19188 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19189 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19191 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19193 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19194 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19195 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19197 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19199 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19200 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19201 This indents the body of the continued comment
19202 under the previous comment line.
19204 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19205 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19206 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19208 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19209 or comment indentation.
19211 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19212 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19214 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19216 ;;;***
19218 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19219 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19220 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18310 14594))
19221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19223 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19224 Check whether newsticker is running.
19225 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19226 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19228 \(fn)" nil nil)
19230 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19231 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19232 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19233 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19234 empty.
19236 \(fn)" nil nil)
19238 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19239 Start the newsticker.
19240 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19241 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19242 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19243 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19245 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19247 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19248 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19249 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19250 running already.
19252 \(fn)" t nil)
19254 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19255 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19257 \(fn)" t nil)
19259 ;;;***
19261 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19262 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19265 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19266 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19268 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19270 ;;;***
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18310
19273 ;;;;;; 14588))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19276 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19277 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19278 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19279 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19280 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19281 symbol in the alist.
19283 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19285 ;;;***
19287 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19288 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19291 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19292 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19293 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19295 \(fn)" t nil)
19297 ;;;***
19299 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19300 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19303 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19304 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19305 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19307 \(fn)" t nil)
19309 ;;;***
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19312 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19315 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19316 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19318 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19320 ;;;***
19322 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19323 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18310 14588))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19326 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19327 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19329 \(fn)" t nil)
19331 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19332 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19334 \(fn)" t nil)
19336 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19337 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19339 \(fn)" t nil)
19341 ;;;***
19343 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19344 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18310 14574))
19345 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19347 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19348 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19349 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19351 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19353 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19354 Not documented
19356 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19358 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19359 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19360 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19361 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19362 to future sessions.
19364 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19366 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19367 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19368 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19369 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19370 to future sessions.
19372 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19374 ;;;***
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19377 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19380 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19381 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19382 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19383 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19384 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19385 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19389 ;;;***
19391 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19395 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19396 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19397 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19398 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19399 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19401 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19403 ;;;***
19405 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19406 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19409 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19410 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19411 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19413 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19415 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19416 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19418 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19419 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19420 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19424 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19426 ;;;***
19428 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19429 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19432 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19433 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19435 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19436 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19437 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19438 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19440 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19441 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19442 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19443 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19444 is why you need this mode!).
19446 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19447 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19448 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19450 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19452 Keybindings
19453 ===========
19455 \\{octave-mode-map}
19457 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19458 ==============================================
19460 octave-auto-indent
19461 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19462 Default is nil.
19464 octave-auto-newline
19465 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19466 Default is nil.
19468 octave-blink-matching-block
19469 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19470 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19472 octave-block-offset
19473 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19474 Default is 2.
19476 octave-continuation-offset
19477 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19478 Default is 4.
19480 octave-continuation-string
19481 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19482 Default is a backslash.
19484 octave-mode-startup-message
19485 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19486 Default is t.
19488 octave-send-echo-input
19489 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19490 command to the inferior Octave process.
19492 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19493 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19494 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19496 octave-send-echo-input
19497 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19499 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19501 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19502 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19504 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19505 (setq auto-mode-alist
19506 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19508 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19509 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19511 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19512 (lambda ()
19513 (abbrev-mode 1)
19514 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19515 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19516 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19518 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19519 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19520 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19521 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19525 ;;;***
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19528 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19529 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19530 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19531 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19532 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19533 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
19534 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19536 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19537 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19538 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19540 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19541 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19542 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19543 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19544 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19545 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19546 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19547 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19548 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19549 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19551 The following commands are available:
19553 \\{org-mode-map}
19555 \(fn)" t nil)
19557 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19558 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19560 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19561 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19562 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19563 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19564 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19566 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19567 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19568 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19569 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19570 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19571 and zoom in further.
19572 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19574 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19575 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19576 is negative, go up that many levels.
19578 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19579 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19580 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19582 - Special case: if point is the beginning of the buffer and there is no
19583 headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19587 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19588 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19592 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19593 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19595 \(fn)" nil nil)
19597 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19598 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19602 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19603 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19604 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19605 \\[org-insert-link].
19606 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19607 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19608 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19612 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19613 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19614 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19615 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19616 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19618 \(fn)" nil nil)
19620 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19621 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19622 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19623 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19625 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19627 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19628 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19629 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19630 of the remember buffer.
19632 \(fn)" t nil)
19634 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19635 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19636 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19637 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19638 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19639 file the text at a specific location.
19640 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19641 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19642 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19644 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19645 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19646 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19647 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19648 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19649 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19650 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19651 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19653 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19654 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19655 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19656 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19658 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19659 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19660 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19662 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19663 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19664 \(i.e. after the stars).
19666 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19668 \(fn)" nil nil)
19670 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19671 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19672 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19673 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19675 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19676 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19677 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19678 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19679 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19680 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19681 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19682 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19684 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19685 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19686 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19688 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19689 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19690 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19692 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19694 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19695 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19696 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19697 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19698 before running the agenda command.
19700 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19702 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19703 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19704 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19705 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19707 \(fn)" t nil)
19709 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19710 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19711 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19712 will be able to go to other weeks.
19713 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19714 also be shown, under the current date.
19715 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19716 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19717 to turn on logging.
19718 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19719 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19720 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19722 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19724 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19725 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19726 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19727 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19728 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19729 `org-todo-keywords'.
19731 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19733 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19734 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19735 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19737 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19739 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19740 Return diary information from org-files.
19741 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19742 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19743 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19744 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19746 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19747 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19748 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19750 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19751 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19752 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19753 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19755 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19756 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19757 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19759 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19760 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19761 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19762 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19764 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19766 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19768 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19769 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19771 &%%(org-diary)
19773 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19774 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19775 also be written as
19777 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19779 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19780 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19781 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19783 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19785 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19786 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19787 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19788 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19793 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19794 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19795 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19797 \(fn)" t nil)
19799 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19800 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19801 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19803 \(fn)" t nil)
19805 ;;;***
19807 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19808 ;;;;;; (18310 14575))
19809 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19810 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19812 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19813 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19814 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19815 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19817 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19818 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19819 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19820 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19822 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19823 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19824 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19825 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19826 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19827 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19829 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19830 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19831 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19833 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19834 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19835 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19836 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19837 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19838 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19839 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19840 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19841 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19842 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19843 The subheadings remain visible.
19844 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19846 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19847 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19848 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19850 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19851 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19853 \(fn)" t nil)
19855 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19856 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19857 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19858 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19862 ;;;***
19864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18310
19865 ;;;;;; 14605))
19866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19867 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19868 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19869 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19870 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19871 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19872 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19873 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19874 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19875 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19877 ;;;***
19879 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18310 14575))
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19882 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19883 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19884 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19886 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19887 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19889 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19891 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19892 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19893 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19894 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19896 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19897 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19901 ;;;***
19903 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19904 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
19905 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19907 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19908 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19909 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19910 unknown are returned as nil.
19912 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19914 ;;;***
19916 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18310
19917 ;;;;;; 14601))
19918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19920 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19921 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19922 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19924 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19925 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19927 Other useful functions are:
19929 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19930 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19931 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19932 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19933 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19934 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19935 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19936 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19937 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19939 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19941 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19942 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19943 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19944 Indentation for case statements.
19945 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19946 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19947 mark after an end.
19948 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19949 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19950 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19951 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19952 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19953 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19954 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19955 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19956 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19957 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19959 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19960 pascal-separator-keywords.
19962 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19963 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19965 \(fn)" t nil)
19967 ;;;***
19969 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19970 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
19971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19973 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19974 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19975 The keys affected are:
19976 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19977 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19978 M-Backspace does undo.
19979 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19980 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19981 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19983 \(fn)" t nil)
19985 ;;;***
19987 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19988 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18310 14582))
19989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19991 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19992 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19993 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19996 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19998 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20000 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20001 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20003 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20005 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20006 which modify the status of the mark.
20008 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20009 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20011 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20012 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20014 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20015 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20016 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20017 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20018 turning PC Selection mode on.
20020 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20021 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20023 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20024 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20025 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20027 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20028 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20029 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20031 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20032 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20034 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20035 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20036 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20038 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20039 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20040 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20042 F6 other-window
20043 DELETE delete-char
20044 C-DELETE kill-line
20045 M-DELETE kill-word
20046 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20047 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20048 M-BACKSPACE undo
20050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20052 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20053 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20054 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20055 and cursor movement commands.
20056 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20058 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20060 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20062 ;;;***
20064 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18310
20065 ;;;;;; 14575))
20066 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20068 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20069 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20071 \(fn)" nil nil)
20073 ;;;***
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20076 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18310 14575))
20077 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20080 Completion for `gzip'.
20082 \(fn)" nil nil)
20084 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20085 Completion for `bzip2'.
20087 \(fn)" nil nil)
20089 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20090 Completion for GNU `make'.
20092 \(fn)" nil nil)
20094 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20095 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20097 \(fn)" nil nil)
20099 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20101 ;;;***
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20104 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18310 14575))
20105 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20107 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20108 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20110 \(fn)" nil nil)
20112 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20113 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20115 \(fn)" nil nil)
20117 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20118 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20120 \(fn)" nil nil)
20122 ;;;***
20124 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18310
20125 ;;;;;; 14575))
20126 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20128 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20129 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20130 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20131 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20132 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20133 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20135 \(fn)" nil nil)
20137 ;;;***
20139 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20140 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20141 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18310 14575))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20144 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20145 Completion for `cd'.
20147 \(fn)" nil nil)
20149 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20151 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20152 Completion for `rmdir'.
20154 \(fn)" nil nil)
20156 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20157 Completion for `rm'.
20159 \(fn)" nil nil)
20161 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20162 Completion for `xargs'.
20164 \(fn)" nil nil)
20166 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20168 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20169 Completion for `which'.
20171 \(fn)" nil nil)
20173 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20174 Completion for the `chown' command.
20176 \(fn)" nil nil)
20178 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20179 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20181 \(fn)" nil nil)
20183 ;;;***
20185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20186 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20187 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18310
20188 ;;;;;; 14575))
20189 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20191 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20192 Support extensible programmable completion.
20193 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20194 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20196 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20198 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20199 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20201 \(fn)" t nil)
20203 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20204 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20205 This will modify the current buffer.
20207 \(fn)" t nil)
20209 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20210 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20212 \(fn)" t nil)
20214 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20215 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20216 This will modify the current buffer.
20218 \(fn)" t nil)
20220 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20221 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20223 \(fn)" t nil)
20225 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20226 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20228 \(fn)" t nil)
20230 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20231 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20232 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20233 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20234 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20236 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20238 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20239 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20241 \(fn)" nil nil)
20243 ;;;***
20245 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20246 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20247 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18310 14576))
20248 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20250 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20251 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20252 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20253 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20255 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20257 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20259 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20260 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20261 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20262 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20263 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20264 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20265 FLAGS is ignored.
20267 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20269 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20270 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20271 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20272 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20273 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20274 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20275 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20276 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20278 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20280 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20281 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20282 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20283 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20284 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20285 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20286 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20287 passed to cvs.
20289 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20291 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20292 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20293 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20294 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20295 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20296 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20297 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20299 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20301 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20303 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20304 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20305 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20307 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20309 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20310 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20311 A value of nil means never do it.
20312 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20313 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20314 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20316 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20318 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20319 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20320 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20322 ;;;***
20324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18310 14576))
20325 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20327 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20329 ;;;***
20331 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20332 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
20333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20334 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20335 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20336 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20337 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20338 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20339 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20341 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20342 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20343 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20344 Tab indents for Perl code.
20345 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20346 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20347 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20348 \\{perl-mode-map}
20349 Variables controlling indentation style:
20350 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20351 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20352 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20353 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20354 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20355 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20356 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20357 `perl-nochange'
20358 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20359 `perl-indent-level'
20360 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20361 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20362 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20363 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20364 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20365 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20366 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20367 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20368 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20369 `perl-brace-offset'
20370 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20371 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20372 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20373 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20374 `perl-label-offset'
20375 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20376 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20377 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20379 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20380 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20381 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20382 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20383 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20384 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20385 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20387 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20389 \(fn)" t nil)
20391 ;;;***
20393 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20394 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20395 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20396 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18310 14576))
20397 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20399 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20400 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20402 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20404 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20405 passphrase cache or user.
20407 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20409 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20410 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20412 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20413 cache or user.
20415 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20417 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20418 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20420 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20421 the region.
20423 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20424 passphrase cache or user.
20426 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20428 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20429 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20431 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20433 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20434 the region.
20436 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20437 passphrase cache or user.
20439 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20441 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20442 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20444 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20445 passphrase cache or user.
20447 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20449 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20450 Decrypt the current buffer.
20452 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20453 the region.
20455 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20456 passphrase cache or user.
20458 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20460 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20461 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20463 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20464 a detached signature.
20466 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20467 and the output is displayed.
20469 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20470 passphrase cache or user.
20472 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20474 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20475 Sign the current buffer.
20477 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20478 detached signature.
20480 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20481 within the region.
20483 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20484 and the output is displayed.
20486 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20487 passphrase cache or user.
20489 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20491 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20492 Verify the current region between START and END.
20493 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20494 the detached signature of the current region.
20496 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20497 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20499 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20501 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20502 Verify the current buffer.
20503 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20504 the detached signature of the current region.
20505 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20506 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20507 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20508 within the region.
20510 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20512 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20513 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20515 \(fn)" t nil)
20517 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20518 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20522 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20523 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20525 \(fn)" t nil)
20527 ;;;***
20529 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20530 ;;;;;; (18310 14576))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20533 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20534 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20536 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20538 ;;;***
20540 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20541 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20544 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20545 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20546 \\<picture-mode-map>
20547 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20548 afterwards settable by these commands:
20550 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20551 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20552 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20553 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20555 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20556 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20557 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20558 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20560 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20561 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20562 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20563 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20565 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20566 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20567 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20568 with these commands:
20570 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20571 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20572 Move to column following last
20573 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20574 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20575 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20576 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20577 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20578 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20580 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20582 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20583 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20584 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20585 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20586 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20587 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20589 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20590 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20591 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20592 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20593 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20594 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20595 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20597 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20598 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20599 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20600 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20601 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20602 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20603 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20604 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20606 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20607 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20608 by supplying an argument.
20610 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20612 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20613 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20615 \(fn)" t nil)
20617 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20619 ;;;***
20621 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20622 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20625 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20626 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20627 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20629 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20631 ;;;***
20633 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18310 14597))
20634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20636 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20637 Play pong and waste time.
20638 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20639 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20641 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20643 \\{pong-mode-map}
20645 \(fn)" t nil)
20647 ;;;***
20649 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20650 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18310 14581))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20653 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20654 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20655 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20656 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20658 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20660 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20661 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20663 \(fn)" nil nil)
20665 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20666 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20667 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20668 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20669 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20671 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20673 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20674 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20675 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20677 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20679 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20680 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20681 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20682 Ignores leading comment characters.
20684 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20686 ;;;***
20688 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20689 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20690 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20691 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20692 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20693 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20694 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20695 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20696 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20697 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20698 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20699 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20700 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20701 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20702 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20703 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20704 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20705 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20706 ;;;;;; (18310 14576))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20709 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20710 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20712 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20714 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20716 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20718 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20719 Preview directory using ghostview.
20721 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20722 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20723 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20724 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20726 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20727 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20728 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20729 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20730 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20731 file name.
20733 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20735 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20737 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20738 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20740 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20741 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20742 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20743 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20745 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20746 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20747 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20748 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20749 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20750 file name.
20752 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20754 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20756 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20757 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20759 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20760 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20761 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20762 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20764 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20765 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20766 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20767 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20768 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20769 file name.
20771 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20773 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20776 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20778 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20780 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20781 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20782 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20783 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20785 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20786 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20787 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20788 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20789 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20790 file name.
20792 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20794 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20796 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20797 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20799 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20800 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20801 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20803 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20804 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20805 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20806 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20808 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20810 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20811 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20813 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20814 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20815 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20817 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20818 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20819 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20820 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20822 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20824 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20825 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20827 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20828 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20829 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20831 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20832 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20833 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20834 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20836 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20838 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20839 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20841 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20843 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20844 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20845 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20847 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20848 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20849 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20850 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20852 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20854 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20855 Preview region using ghostview.
20857 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20859 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20861 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20862 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20864 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20866 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20868 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20869 Print region using PostScript printer.
20871 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20873 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20875 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20876 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20878 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20880 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20882 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20883 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20885 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20887 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20889 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20890 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20892 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20894 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20896 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20897 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20899 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20901 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20903 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20904 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20906 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20908 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20910 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20911 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20912 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20913 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20915 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20916 matching.
20918 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20919 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20921 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20923 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20925 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20926 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20927 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20928 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20930 \(fn)" t nil)
20932 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20933 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20934 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20935 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20937 \(fn)" t nil)
20939 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20940 Print directory using text printer.
20942 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20943 matching.
20945 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20946 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20948 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20950 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20952 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20953 Print buffer using text printer.
20955 \(fn)" t nil)
20957 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20958 Print region using text printer.
20960 \(fn)" t nil)
20962 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20963 Print major mode using text printer.
20965 \(fn)" t nil)
20967 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20968 Preview spooled PostScript.
20970 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20971 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20972 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20974 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20975 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20976 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20978 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20980 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20981 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20983 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20984 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20985 instead of sending it to the printer.
20987 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20988 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20989 image in a file with that name.
20991 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20993 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20994 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20996 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20997 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20998 instead of sending it to the printer.
21000 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21001 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21002 image in a file with that name.
21004 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21006 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21007 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21009 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21010 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21011 instead of sending it to the printer.
21013 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21014 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21015 image in a file with that name.
21017 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21020 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21022 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21024 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21025 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21027 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21029 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21030 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21032 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21034 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21035 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21037 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21039 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21040 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21042 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21044 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21045 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21047 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21048 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21049 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21050 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21052 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21053 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21054 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21055 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21056 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21057 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21058 file name.
21060 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21062 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21063 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21065 \(fn)" t nil)
21067 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21068 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21070 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21071 right.
21072 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21073 bottom.
21075 \(fn)" t nil)
21077 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21078 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21080 \(fn)" t nil)
21082 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21083 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21085 \(fn)" t nil)
21087 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21088 Toggle printing with faces.
21090 \(fn)" t nil)
21092 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21093 Toggle spooling.
21095 \(fn)" t nil)
21097 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21098 Toggle duplex.
21100 \(fn)" t nil)
21102 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21103 Toggle tumble.
21105 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21106 right.
21107 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21108 bottom.
21110 \(fn)" t nil)
21112 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21113 Toggle landscape.
21115 \(fn)" t nil)
21117 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21118 Toggle upside-down.
21120 \(fn)" t nil)
21122 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21123 Toggle line number.
21125 \(fn)" t nil)
21127 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21128 Toggle zebra stripes.
21130 \(fn)" t nil)
21132 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21133 Toggle printing header.
21135 \(fn)" t nil)
21137 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21138 Toggle printing header frame.
21140 \(fn)" t nil)
21142 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21143 Toggle menu lock.
21145 \(fn)" t nil)
21147 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21148 Toggle auto region.
21150 \(fn)" t nil)
21152 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21153 Toggle auto mode.
21155 \(fn)" t nil)
21157 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21158 Customization of the `printing' group.
21160 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21162 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21163 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21165 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21167 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21168 Help for the printing package.
21170 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21172 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21173 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21175 \(fn)" t nil)
21177 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21178 Interactively select a text printer.
21180 \(fn)" t nil)
21182 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21183 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21185 \(fn)" t nil)
21187 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21188 Show current ps-print settings.
21190 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21192 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21193 Show current printing settings.
21195 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21197 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21198 Show current lpr settings.
21200 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21202 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21203 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21205 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21206 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21207 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21208 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21211 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21213 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21214 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21215 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21217 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21218 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21219 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21220 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21221 current active printer.
21223 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21224 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21225 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21226 printer.
21228 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21229 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21230 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21231 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21232 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21235 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21236 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21238 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21240 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21241 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21242 be done using the new current active printer.
21244 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21245 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21246 printer.
21248 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21249 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21250 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21251 instead of sending it to the printer.
21253 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21254 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21255 printer.
21257 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21260 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21261 are both set to t.
21263 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21265 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21266 Fast fire function for text printing.
21268 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21269 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21270 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21271 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21273 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21274 user for a new active text printer.
21276 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21278 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21280 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21281 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21282 printer.
21284 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21286 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21287 are both set to t.
21289 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21291 ;;;***
21293 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21294 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21297 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21298 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21299 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21300 Commands:
21301 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21302 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21303 if that value is non-nil.
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21307 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21309 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21310 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21311 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21313 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21315 ;;;***
21317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18310 14577))
21318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21320 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21321 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21322 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21324 ;;;***
21326 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18310
21327 ;;;;;; 14601))
21328 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21330 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21331 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21333 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21335 The following variables hold user options, and can
21336 be set through the `customize' command:
21338 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21339 `ps-mode-tab'
21340 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21341 `ps-mode-print-function'
21342 `ps-run-prompt'
21343 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21344 `ps-run-x'
21345 `ps-run-dumb'
21346 `ps-run-init'
21347 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21348 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21350 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21353 \\{ps-mode-map}
21356 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21357 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21358 The keymap for this second window is:
21360 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21363 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21364 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21365 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21366 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21367 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21371 ;;;***
21373 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21374 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21375 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21376 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (18310 14577))
21377 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21379 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21380 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21382 Valid values are:
21384 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21385 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21386 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21387 changed by setting the variable
21388 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21389 The initial value of this variable is
21390 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21391 documentation).
21393 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21394 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21395 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21396 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21397 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21398 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21399 test it.
21401 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21402 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21403 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21404 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21405 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21406 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21407 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21408 use this value, be sure to have installed
21409 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21410 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21411 documentation of this variable).
21413 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21414 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21415 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21416 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21417 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21418 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21420 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21422 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21424 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21425 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21426 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21428 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21430 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21431 Not documented
21433 \(fn)" nil nil)
21435 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21436 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21438 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21440 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21442 Returns the value:
21444 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21446 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21447 the sequence.
21449 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21451 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21452 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21454 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21455 composition.
21457 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21459 Returns the value:
21461 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21463 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21464 the sequence.
21466 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21468 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21469 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21471 \(fn)" nil nil)
21473 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21474 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21475 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21477 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21479 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21480 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21481 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21483 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21485 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21486 Not documented
21488 \(fn)" nil nil)
21490 ;;;***
21492 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21493 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21494 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21495 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21496 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21497 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18310
21498 ;;;;;; 14577))
21499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21501 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21502 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21503 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21505 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21507 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21508 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21509 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21510 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21512 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21514 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21515 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21517 Valid values are:
21519 nil Do not print colors.
21521 t Print colors.
21523 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21524 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21526 Any other value is treated as t.")
21528 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21530 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21531 Customization of ps-print group.
21533 \(fn)" t nil)
21535 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21536 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21538 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21539 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21540 sending it to the printer.
21542 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21543 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21544 image in a file with that name.
21546 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21548 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21549 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21550 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21551 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21552 so it has a way to determine color values.
21554 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21556 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21557 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21558 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21560 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21562 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21563 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21564 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21565 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21566 so it has a way to determine color values.
21568 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21570 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21571 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21572 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21573 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21575 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21577 \(fn)" t nil)
21579 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21580 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21581 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21582 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21583 so it has a way to determine color values.
21585 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21587 \(fn)" t nil)
21589 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21590 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21591 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21593 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21597 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21598 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21599 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21600 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21601 so it has a way to determine color values.
21603 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21607 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21608 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21610 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21611 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21612 instead of sending it to the printer.
21614 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21615 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21616 image in a file with that name.
21618 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21620 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21621 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21622 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21623 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21624 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21626 \(fn)" t nil)
21628 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21629 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21630 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21632 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21634 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21635 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21636 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21638 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21640 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21641 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21643 \(fn)" nil nil)
21645 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21646 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21648 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21649 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21651 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21652 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21654 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21656 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21658 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21660 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21661 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21663 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21664 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21666 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21667 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21669 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21671 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21673 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21675 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21676 foreground and background colors respectively.
21678 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21679 bold - use bold font.
21680 italic - use italic font.
21681 underline - put a line under text.
21682 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21683 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21684 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21685 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21686 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21688 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21690 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21692 ;;;***
21694 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21695 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
21696 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21698 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21700 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21702 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21704 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21705 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21706 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21707 buffer automatically.
21709 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21710 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21711 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21712 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21713 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21714 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21715 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21717 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21718 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21719 buffer for a list of commands.)
21721 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21723 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21724 Major mode for editing Python files.
21725 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21726 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21727 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21728 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21730 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21731 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21732 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21733 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21734 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21735 \\<python-mode-map>
21736 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21737 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21738 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21739 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21740 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21741 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21743 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21744 effect outside them.
21746 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21747 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21748 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21749 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21750 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21751 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21752 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21753 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21754 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21756 \\{python-mode-map}
21758 \(fn)" t nil)
21760 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21761 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21762 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21763 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21765 \(fn)" t nil)
21767 ;;;***
21769 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21770 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
21771 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21773 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21774 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21775 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21776 coding-system.
21778 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21779 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21781 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21782 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21783 them into characters should be done separately.
21785 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21787 ;;;***
21789 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21790 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21791 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21792 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21793 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18310 14590))
21794 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21796 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21797 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21799 \(fn)" nil nil)
21801 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21802 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21803 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21805 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21806 `quail-activate', which see.
21808 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21810 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21811 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21812 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21813 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21814 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21815 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21816 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21818 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21819 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21820 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21821 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21822 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21823 shown.
21824 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21826 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21827 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21828 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21829 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21830 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21831 list of candidates.
21833 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21834 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21835 command to be called.
21837 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21838 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21839 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21840 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21842 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21843 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21844 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21845 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21846 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21847 to t.
21849 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21850 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21851 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21852 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21854 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21855 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21856 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21857 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21859 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21860 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21861 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21862 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21863 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21864 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21866 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21867 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21868 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21869 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21870 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21871 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21873 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21874 covers Quail translation region.
21876 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21877 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21878 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21879 for it) is inserted.
21881 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21882 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21883 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21885 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21886 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21887 non-Quail commands.
21889 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21891 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21892 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21894 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21895 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21896 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21897 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21898 you type is correctly handled.
21900 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21902 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21903 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21905 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21906 keyboard type.
21908 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21910 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21911 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21912 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21913 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21914 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21915 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21916 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21917 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21918 for the translation.
21919 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21921 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21922 it is used to handle KEY.
21924 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21925 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21926 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21927 the following annotation types are supported.
21929 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21930 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21932 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21933 candidate list.
21935 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21936 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21937 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21938 inserted.
21940 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21941 generated for the following translations.
21943 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21945 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21946 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21948 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21949 which to install MAP.
21951 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21953 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21955 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21956 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21958 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21959 which to install MAP.
21961 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21963 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21965 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21966 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21967 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21968 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21969 a function, or a cons.
21970 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21971 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21972 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21973 for the translation.
21974 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21975 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21976 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21977 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21978 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21980 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21981 it is used to handle KEY.
21983 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21984 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21985 current Quail package.
21987 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21988 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21990 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21992 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21993 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21995 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21996 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21998 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22000 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22001 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22003 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22005 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22006 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22007 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22008 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22009 of the Emacs source tree.
22011 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22012 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22014 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22015 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22016 of each directory.
22018 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22020 ;;;***
22022 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22023 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22024 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18310
22025 ;;;;;; 14594))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22028 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22029 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22030 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22031 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22033 To make use of this do something like:
22035 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22037 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22039 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22040 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22042 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22043 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22044 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22046 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22048 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22049 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22051 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22053 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22054 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22056 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22057 is decided.
22059 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22061 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22062 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22064 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22065 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22066 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22068 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22070 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22071 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22073 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22075 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22076 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22078 \(fn)" t nil)
22080 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22081 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22083 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22085 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22087 \(fn)" t nil)
22089 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22090 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22092 \(fn)" t nil)
22094 ;;;***
22096 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22097 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18355 36599))
22098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22100 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22101 Connect to IRC.
22102 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22104 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22106 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22108 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22109 Not documented
22111 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22113 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22114 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22115 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22117 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22118 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22120 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22122 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22123 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22127 ;;;***
22129 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18310
22130 ;;;;;; 14594))
22131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22133 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22134 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22135 See \\[compile].
22137 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22139 ;;;***
22141 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22142 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22145 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22147 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22148 Construct a regexp interactively.
22150 \(fn)" t nil)
22152 ;;;***
22154 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18310 14577))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22157 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22158 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22159 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22161 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22162 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22164 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22166 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22167 Toggle recentf mode.
22168 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22169 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22171 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22172 that were operated on recently.
22174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22176 ;;;***
22178 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22179 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22180 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22181 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18310
22182 ;;;;;; 14577))
22183 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22185 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22186 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22187 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22188 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22190 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22192 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22194 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22195 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22196 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22197 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22198 ends.
22200 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22201 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22202 to be deleted.
22204 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22206 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22207 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22208 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22210 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22211 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22212 deleted.
22214 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22216 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22217 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22218 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22220 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22222 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22223 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22225 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22226 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22228 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22229 deleted.
22231 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22232 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22233 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22234 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22235 even beep.)
22237 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22239 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22240 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22242 \(fn)" t nil)
22244 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22245 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22246 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22247 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22248 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22249 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22250 and point is at the lower right corner.
22252 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22254 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22255 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22257 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22258 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22260 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22261 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22262 on the right side of the rectangle.
22264 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22266 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22268 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22269 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22270 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22271 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22272 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22274 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22275 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22277 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22279 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22280 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22281 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22283 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22285 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22287 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22289 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22290 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22292 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22293 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22294 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22296 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22298 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22299 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22300 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22302 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22303 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22304 rectangle which were empty.
22306 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22308 ;;;***
22310 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18310
22311 ;;;;;; 14605))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22314 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22315 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22316 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22318 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22319 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22320 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22324 ;;;***
22326 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22327 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18310 14607))
22328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22330 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22331 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22333 \(fn)" nil nil)
22335 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22336 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22338 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22339 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22341 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22342 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22343 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22344 \\ref macro.
22346 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22347 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22348 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22350 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22351 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22352 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22354 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22355 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22357 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22358 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22360 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22361 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22362 on the menu bar.
22364 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22368 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22369 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22370 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22372 \(fn)" nil nil)
22374 ;;;***
22376 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22377 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22378 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22380 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22381 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22382 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22383 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22384 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22385 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22387 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22389 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22391 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22392 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22393 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22394 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22395 `reftex-cite-format'.
22397 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22398 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22399 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22400 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22402 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22404 ;;;***
22406 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22407 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22410 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22411 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22412 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22413 the current TeX document.
22415 With no argument, this command toggles
22416 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22417 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22421 ;;;***
22423 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22424 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22427 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22428 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22429 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22431 To insert new phrases, use
22432 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22433 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22435 To index phrases use one of:
22437 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22438 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22439 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22440 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22441 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22443 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22444 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22446 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22448 Here are all local bindings.
22450 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22452 \(fn)" t nil)
22454 ;;;***
22456 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22457 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22460 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22461 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22462 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22463 of master file.
22465 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22467 ;;;***
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18310
22470 ;;;;;; 14606))
22471 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22472 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22473 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22474 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22475 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22477 ;;;***
22479 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22480 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22483 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22484 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22485 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22486 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22487 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22488 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22490 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22491 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22493 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22494 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22496 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22498 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22499 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22500 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22501 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22503 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22505 ;;;***
22507 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18310 14577))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22510 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22511 Repeat most recently executed command.
22512 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22513 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22514 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22516 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22517 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22518 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22519 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22521 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22522 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22523 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22525 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22527 ;;;***
22529 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22530 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
22531 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22533 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22534 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22536 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22537 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22538 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22539 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22540 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22541 and point is left after the salutation.
22543 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22544 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22545 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22546 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22547 left after that text.
22549 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22550 is non-nil.
22552 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22553 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22554 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22555 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22557 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22559 ;;;***
22561 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22562 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22565 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22566 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22567 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22568 visibility of comments that precede it.
22569 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22570 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22571 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22572 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22573 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22574 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22575 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22576 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22577 the comment lines.
22578 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22579 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22580 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22581 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22582 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22586 ;;;***
22588 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18310
22589 ;;;;;; 14577))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22592 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22593 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22595 \(fn)" nil nil)
22597 ;;;***
22599 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22600 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22601 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22603 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22604 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22605 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22607 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22608 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22609 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22613 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22614 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22615 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22616 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22617 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22618 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22620 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22622 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22623 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22624 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22626 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22627 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22628 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22632 ;;;***
22634 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22635 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22638 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22639 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22641 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22643 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22644 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22646 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22648 ;;;***
22650 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18310 14594))
22651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22652 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22654 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22655 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22656 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22657 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22659 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22661 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22662 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22663 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22664 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22666 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22667 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22669 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22670 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22672 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22673 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22674 INPUT-ARGS.
22676 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22677 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22678 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22679 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22680 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22682 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22683 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22684 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22685 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22687 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22688 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22689 variable.
22691 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22693 ;;;***
22695 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22696 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22697 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22698 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22699 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22700 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22701 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18368
22702 ;;;;;; 29739))
22703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22705 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22706 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22707 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22709 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22711 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22712 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22713 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22714 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22716 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22718 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22719 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22720 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22721 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22722 value is the user's email address and name.)
22723 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22725 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22726 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22727 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22728 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22729 which normally happens once for each message,
22730 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22731 To make a change in this variable take effect
22732 for a message that you have already viewed,
22733 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22735 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22737 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22738 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22739 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22740 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22742 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22744 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22745 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22747 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22749 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22750 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22751 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22752 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22754 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22756 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22757 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22759 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22761 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22762 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22764 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22766 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22767 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22768 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22769 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22770 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22772 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22774 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22775 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22776 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22777 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22779 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22781 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22782 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22784 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22786 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22787 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22789 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22791 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22792 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22794 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22796 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22797 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22799 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22800 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22802 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22803 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22805 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22807 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22808 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22810 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22811 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22812 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22813 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22815 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22816 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22818 This is set to nil by default.")
22820 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22821 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22822 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22823 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22824 until a user explicitly requires it.
22826 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22827 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22828 in your session.")
22830 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22832 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22833 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22834 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22835 It is called with no argument.")
22837 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22838 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22839 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22840 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22841 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22842 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22843 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22845 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22846 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22847 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22848 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22849 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22850 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22852 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22853 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22854 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22855 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22856 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22858 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22859 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22860 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22861 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22862 MSG is the message number,
22863 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22864 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22866 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22867 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22868 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22869 this feature is required with `require'.
22871 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22872 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22874 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22875 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22876 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22877 the message is decoded as normal way.
22879 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22880 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22881 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22883 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22884 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22885 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22887 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22888 Read and edit incoming mail.
22889 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22890 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22891 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22893 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22894 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22895 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22896 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22898 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22900 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22902 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22903 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22904 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22905 Instead, these commands are available:
22907 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22908 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22909 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22910 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22911 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22912 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22913 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22914 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22915 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22916 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22917 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22918 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22919 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22920 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22921 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22922 till a deleted message is found.
22923 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22924 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22925 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22926 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22927 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22928 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22929 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22930 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22931 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22932 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22933 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22934 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22935 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22936 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22937 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22938 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22939 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22940 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22941 (label defaults to last one specified).
22942 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22943 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22944 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22945 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22946 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22947 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22948 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22949 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22950 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22952 \(fn)" t nil)
22954 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22955 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22957 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22959 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22960 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22962 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22964 ;;;***
22966 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22967 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
22968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22970 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22971 Edit the contents of this message.
22973 \(fn)" t nil)
22975 ;;;***
22977 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22978 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22979 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18310 14591))
22980 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22982 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22983 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22984 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22986 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22988 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22989 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22990 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22992 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22994 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22995 Not documented
22997 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22999 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23000 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23001 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23002 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23003 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23005 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23007 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23008 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23009 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23010 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23011 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23013 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23015 ;;;***
23017 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23018 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
23019 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23021 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23022 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23023 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23024 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23026 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23028 ;;;***
23030 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23031 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23032 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18310 14591))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23035 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23036 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23037 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23038 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23039 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23040 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23041 a file name as a string.")
23043 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23045 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23046 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23047 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23048 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23049 buffer visiting that file.
23050 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23051 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23053 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23054 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23056 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23057 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23059 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23060 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23062 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23064 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23065 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23067 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23069 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23070 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23071 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23072 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23073 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23075 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23076 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23077 will be appended with their original headers.
23079 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23080 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23082 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23083 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23085 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23087 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23089 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23090 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23091 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23093 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23095 ;;;***
23097 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23098 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23099 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18310
23100 ;;;;;; 14591))
23101 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23103 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23104 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23105 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23107 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23109 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23110 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23111 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23113 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23115 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23116 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23117 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23119 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23121 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23122 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23123 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23125 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23127 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23128 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23129 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23131 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23133 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23134 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23135 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23137 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23139 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23140 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23141 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23142 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23144 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23146 ;;;***
23148 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23149 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23150 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23151 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23152 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18310 14591))
23153 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23155 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23156 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23158 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23160 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23161 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23163 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23165 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23166 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23168 \(fn)" t nil)
23170 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23171 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23172 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23174 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23176 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23177 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23178 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23179 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23180 only look in the To and From fields.
23181 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23183 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23185 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23186 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23187 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23188 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23189 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23191 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23193 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23194 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23195 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23196 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23197 look in the whole message.
23198 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23200 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23202 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23203 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23204 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23206 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23208 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23209 *Function to decode summary-line.
23211 By default, `identity' is set.")
23213 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23215 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23216 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23217 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23218 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23219 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23220 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23221 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23223 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23224 sent by you under different user names.
23225 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23227 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23229 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23231 ;;;***
23233 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23234 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18310 14577))
23235 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23237 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23238 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23240 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23242 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23243 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23245 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23247 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23248 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23250 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23252 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23253 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23254 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23256 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23257 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23258 in ROT13.
23260 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23262 \(fn)" t nil)
23264 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23265 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23267 \(fn)" t nil)
23269 ;;;***
23271 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18310
23272 ;;;;;; 14577))
23273 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23275 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23276 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23280 ;;;***
23282 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18310
23283 ;;;;;; 14582))
23284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23286 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23287 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23288 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23289 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23291 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23293 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23294 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23295 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23296 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23298 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23299 notation.
23301 STRING
23302 matches string STRING literally.
23304 CHAR
23305 matches character CHAR literally.
23307 `not-newline', `nonl'
23308 matches any character except a newline.
23310 `anything'
23311 matches any character
23313 `(any SET ...)'
23314 `(in SET ...)'
23315 `(char SET ...)'
23316 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23317 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23318 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23320 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23321 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23322 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23323 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23325 `(not (any SET ...))'
23326 matches any character not in SET ...
23328 `line-start', `bol'
23329 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23330 in the text being matched
23332 `line-end', `eol'
23333 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23335 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23336 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23337 string being matched against.
23339 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23340 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23341 string being matched against.
23343 `buffer-start'
23344 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23345 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23347 `buffer-end'
23348 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23349 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23351 `point'
23352 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23354 `word-start', `bow'
23355 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23357 `word-end', `eow'
23358 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23360 `word-boundary'
23361 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23362 word.
23364 `(not word-boundary)'
23365 `not-word-boundary'
23366 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23367 word.
23369 `symbol-start'
23370 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23372 `symbol-end'
23373 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23375 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23376 matches 0 through 9.
23378 `control', `cntrl'
23379 matches ASCII control characters.
23381 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23382 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23384 `blank'
23385 matches space and tab only.
23387 `graphic', `graph'
23388 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23389 space, and DEL.
23391 `printing', `print'
23392 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23393 and DEL.
23395 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23396 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23397 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23399 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23400 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23401 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23403 `ascii'
23404 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23406 `nonascii'
23407 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23409 `lower', `lower-case'
23410 matches anything lower-case.
23412 `upper', `upper-case'
23413 matches anything upper-case.
23415 `punctuation', `punct'
23416 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23417 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23419 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23420 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23422 `word', `wordchar'
23423 matches anything that has word syntax.
23425 `not-wordchar'
23426 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23428 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23429 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23430 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23431 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23433 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23434 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23435 `word' (\\sw)
23436 `symbol' (\\s_)
23437 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23438 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23439 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23440 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23441 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23442 `escape' (\\s\\)
23443 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23444 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23445 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23446 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23447 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23449 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23450 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23452 `(category CATEGORY)'
23453 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23454 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23456 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23457 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23458 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23459 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23460 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23461 `symbol' (\\c5)
23462 `digit' (\\c6)
23463 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23464 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23465 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23466 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23467 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23468 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23469 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23470 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23471 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23472 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23473 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23474 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23475 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23476 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23477 `ascii' (\\ca)
23478 `arabic' (\\cb)
23479 `chinese' (\\cc)
23480 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23481 `greek' (\\cg)
23482 `korean' (\\ch)
23483 `indian' (\\ci)
23484 `japanese' (\\cj)
23485 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23486 `latin' (\\cl)
23487 `lao' (\\co)
23488 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23489 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23490 `thai' (\\ct)
23491 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23492 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23493 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23494 `can-break' (\\c|)
23496 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23497 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23499 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23500 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23501 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23502 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23503 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23505 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23506 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23507 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23508 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23510 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23511 another name for `submatch'.
23513 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23514 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23515 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23516 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23517 regular expression.
23519 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23520 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23521 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23522 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23523 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23525 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23526 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23528 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23529 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23531 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23532 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23533 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23535 `(* SEXP ...)'
23536 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23537 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23539 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23540 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23541 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23543 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23544 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23545 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23547 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23548 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23550 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23551 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23553 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23554 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23555 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23556 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23558 `(? SEXP ...)'
23559 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23561 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23562 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23564 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23565 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23566 matches N occurrences.
23568 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23569 matches N or more occurrences.
23571 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23572 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23573 matches N to M occurrences.
23575 `(backref N)'
23576 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23578 `(backref N)'
23579 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23581 `(backref N)'
23582 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23584 `(eval FORM)'
23585 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23586 `regexp-quote' it.
23588 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23589 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23591 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23593 ;;;***
23595 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23596 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23597 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23599 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23600 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23601 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23602 interface.")
23604 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23606 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23607 Toggle savehist-mode.
23608 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23609 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23610 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23611 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23613 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23614 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23615 which is probably undesirable.
23617 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23619 ;;;***
23621 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23622 ;;;;;; (18355 36599))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23625 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23626 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23627 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23629 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23630 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23631 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23632 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23633 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23634 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23635 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23636 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23638 Commands:
23639 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23640 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23641 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23642 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23643 if that value is non-nil.
23645 \(fn)" t nil)
23647 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23648 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23649 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23651 Commands:
23652 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23653 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23654 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23655 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23656 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23657 that variable's value is a string.
23659 \(fn)" t nil)
23661 ;;;***
23663 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23664 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
23665 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23667 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23668 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23669 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23671 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23673 \(fn)" t nil)
23675 ;;;***
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23678 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23681 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23682 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23683 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23684 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23685 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23686 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23688 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23690 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23691 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23692 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23693 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23694 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23698 ;;;***
23700 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23701 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23704 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23705 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23706 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23707 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23708 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23709 during scrolling.
23711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23713 ;;;***
23715 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23716 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23717 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23718 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23719 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23720 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23721 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23722 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23723 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18310 14591))
23724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23726 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23727 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23729 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23730 king@grassland.com
23731 If `parens', they look like:
23732 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23733 If `angles', they look like:
23734 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23735 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23736 derived from the envelope-from address.
23738 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23739 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23740 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23741 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23743 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23745 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23746 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23747 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23748 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23750 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23751 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23752 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23753 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23755 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23757 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23758 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23759 This is done when the message is initialized,
23760 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23762 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23764 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23765 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23766 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23768 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23770 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23772 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23773 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23774 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23775 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23776 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23777 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23778 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23780 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23782 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23783 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23785 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23787 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23788 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23789 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23791 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23793 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23794 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23795 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23796 when you first send mail.")
23798 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23800 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23801 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23802 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23803 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23804 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23806 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23808 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23809 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23810 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23811 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23812 This file need not actually exist.")
23814 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23816 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23817 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23818 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23820 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23822 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23823 Alist of mail address aliases,
23824 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23825 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23826 can specify a different file name.)
23827 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23828 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23830 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23831 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23832 nil means use indentation.")
23834 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23836 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23837 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23838 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23840 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23842 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23843 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23844 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23845 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23846 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23847 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23848 in the cited portion of the message.
23850 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23851 instead of no action.")
23853 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23855 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23856 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23857 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23858 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23859 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23861 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23863 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23864 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23865 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23866 If a string, that string is inserted.
23867 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23868 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23869 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23870 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23872 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23874 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23875 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23877 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23879 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23880 Directory for mail buffers.
23881 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23882 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23884 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23886 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23887 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23888 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23889 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23891 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23893 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23894 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23895 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23896 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23897 is non-nil.")
23899 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23901 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23902 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23903 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23904 `query' means ask the user each time.
23905 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23906 The default is `mime'.
23907 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23908 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23910 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23912 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23913 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23914 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23916 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23917 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23919 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23920 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23921 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23922 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23923 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23924 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23925 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23926 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23927 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23928 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23929 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23930 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23931 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23933 \(fn)" t nil)
23935 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23936 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23938 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23939 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23941 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23943 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23944 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23945 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23946 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23947 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23948 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23950 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23951 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23952 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23954 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23955 User should not set this variable manually,
23956 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23957 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23958 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23959 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23961 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23962 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23963 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23964 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23966 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23967 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23969 \\<mail-mode-map>
23970 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23972 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23973 to move to message header fields:
23974 \\{mail-mode-map}
23976 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23977 when the message is initialized.
23979 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23980 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23982 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23983 is inserted.
23985 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23986 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23988 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23989 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23990 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23991 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23992 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23993 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23994 buffer without erasing the contents.
23996 The second through fifth arguments,
23997 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23998 the initial contents of those header fields.
23999 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24000 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24001 original message being replied to, or else an action
24002 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24003 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24004 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24005 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24006 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24007 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24009 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24011 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24012 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24014 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24016 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24017 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24019 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24021 ;;;***
24023 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24024 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24027 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24028 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24029 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24030 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24031 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24032 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24034 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24035 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24037 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24039 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24040 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24041 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24043 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24044 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24046 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24048 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24049 Toggle Server mode.
24050 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24051 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24052 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24056 ;;;***
24058 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18310 14577))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24061 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24062 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24063 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24065 Key definitions:
24066 \\{ses-mode-map}
24067 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24068 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24069 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24070 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24072 \(fn)" t nil)
24074 ;;;***
24076 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24077 ;;;;;; (18356 27153))
24078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24080 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24081 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24082 Makes > match <.
24083 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24084 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24086 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24087 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24088 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24090 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24091 in your `.emacs' file.
24093 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24095 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24096 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24097 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24099 \(fn)" t nil)
24101 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24103 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24104 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24105 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24106 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24107 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24108 which this is based.
24110 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24112 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24113 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24114 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24115 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24117 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24118 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24119 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24121 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24122 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24123 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24124 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24126 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24127 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24128 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24129 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24131 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24133 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24134 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24135 To work around that, do:
24136 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24138 \\{html-mode-map}
24140 \(fn)" t nil)
24142 ;;;***
24144 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24145 ;;;;;; (18368 29740))
24146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24147 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24149 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24150 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24151 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24152 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24153 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24154 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24156 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24157 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24158 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24159 shell-specific features.
24161 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24162 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24163 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24164 \\<sh-mode-map>
24165 \\[sh-case] case statement
24166 \\[sh-for] for loop
24167 \\[sh-function] function definition
24168 \\[sh-if] if statement
24169 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24170 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24171 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24172 \\[sh-select] select loop
24173 \\[sh-until] until loop
24174 \\[sh-while] while loop
24176 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24177 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24178 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24179 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24180 would indent to the way it currently is.
24181 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24182 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24185 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24186 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24187 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24188 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24189 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24190 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24192 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24193 {, (, [, ', \", `
24194 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24196 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24197 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24198 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24200 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24201 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24203 \(fn)" t nil)
24205 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24207 ;;;***
24209 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18310 14589))
24210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24212 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24213 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24214 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24215 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24216 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24217 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24219 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24221 ;;;***
24223 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24224 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
24225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24227 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24228 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24230 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24231 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24232 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24233 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24234 the earlier.
24236 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24238 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24240 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24241 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24242 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24244 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24245 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24247 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24248 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24249 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24250 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24251 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24252 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24253 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24254 Emacs version).
24256 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24257 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24258 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24259 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24260 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24262 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24263 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24264 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24266 \(fn)" t nil)
24268 ;;;***
24270 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24271 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18310
24272 ;;;;;; 14577))
24273 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24275 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24276 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24277 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24278 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24279 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24280 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24281 sites in the cluster.
24283 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24285 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24286 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24287 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24288 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24289 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24291 \(fn)" t nil)
24293 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24294 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24295 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24296 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24297 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24298 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24299 `shadow-define-cluster').
24301 \(fn)" t nil)
24303 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24304 Set up file shadowing.
24306 \(fn)" t nil)
24308 ;;;***
24310 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24311 ;;;;;; (18376 17161))
24312 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24314 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24315 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24316 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24317 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24318 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24319 arguments.")
24321 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24323 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24324 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24325 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24326 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24327 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24328 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24329 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24330 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24331 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24332 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24333 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24334 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24335 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24336 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24338 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24339 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24340 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24341 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24342 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24343 `default-process-coding-system'.
24345 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24346 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24347 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24348 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24350 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24353 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24355 ;;;***
24357 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24358 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18310 14589))
24359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24361 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24362 Not documented
24364 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24366 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24367 Not documented
24369 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24371 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24372 Not documented
24374 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24376 ;;;***
24378 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24379 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24380 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24382 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24383 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24384 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24385 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24386 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24388 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24390 \(fn)" t nil)
24392 ;;;***
24394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18339 43351))
24395 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24396 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24398 ;;;***
24400 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18310
24401 ;;;;;; 14601))
24402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24404 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24405 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24406 \\{simula-mode-map}
24407 Variables controlling indentation style:
24408 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24409 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24410 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24411 `simula-indent-level'
24412 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24413 `simula-substatement-offset'
24414 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24415 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24416 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24417 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24418 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24419 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24420 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24421 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24422 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24423 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24424 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24425 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24426 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24427 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24428 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24429 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24430 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24431 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24432 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24433 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24434 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24435 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24436 or nil if they should not be changed.
24437 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24438 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24439 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24440 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24442 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24443 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24445 \(fn)" t nil)
24447 ;;;***
24449 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24450 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18310 14577))
24451 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24453 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24454 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24456 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24457 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24458 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24459 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24461 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24463 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24464 Insert SKELETON.
24465 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24466 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24467 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24468 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24469 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24471 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24472 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24474 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24476 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24477 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24479 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24480 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24481 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24482 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24484 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24485 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24486 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24487 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24489 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24490 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24491 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24493 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24494 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24496 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24497 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24499 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24500 _ interesting point, interregion here
24501 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24502 interesting point set by _
24503 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24504 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24505 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24506 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24507 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24508 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24509 nil skipped
24511 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24512 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24514 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24515 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24516 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24517 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24518 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24519 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24520 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24521 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24523 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24524 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24525 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24526 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24527 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24528 available:
24530 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24531 then: insert previously read string once more
24532 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24533 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24534 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24536 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24537 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24539 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24541 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24542 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24544 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24545 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24546 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24547 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24548 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24549 such as backslash.
24551 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24552 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24553 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24557 ;;;***
24559 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24560 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24563 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24564 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24565 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24566 buffer names.
24568 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24570 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24571 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24572 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24576 ;;;***
24578 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24579 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24582 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24583 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24584 A list of images is returned.
24586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24588 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24589 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24590 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24592 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24594 ;;;***
24596 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24597 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18310 14591))
24598 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24600 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24601 Not documented
24603 \(fn)" nil nil)
24605 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24606 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24608 \(fn)" t nil)
24610 ;;;***
24612 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18310 14597))
24613 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24615 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24616 Play the Snake game.
24617 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24619 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24621 Snake mode keybindings:
24622 \\<snake-mode-map>
24623 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24624 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24625 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24626 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24627 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24628 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24629 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24631 \(fn)" t nil)
24633 ;;;***
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24636 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24639 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24640 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24641 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24642 Tab indents for C code.
24643 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24644 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24645 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24646 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24647 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24649 \(fn)" t nil)
24651 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24652 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24653 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24654 Tab indents for C code.
24655 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24656 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24657 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24658 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24659 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24661 \(fn)" t nil)
24663 ;;;***
24665 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24666 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24667 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18310 14580))
24668 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24670 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24671 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24673 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24674 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24675 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24677 For example, the form
24679 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24680 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24682 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24684 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24686 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24687 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24689 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24690 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24691 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24692 York City.
24694 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24696 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24698 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24699 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24701 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24702 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24703 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24704 York City.
24706 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24708 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24710 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24711 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24712 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24713 pair.
24715 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24717 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24719 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24720 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24721 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24723 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24724 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24726 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24730 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24731 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24732 Requires floating point.
24734 \(fn)" nil nil)
24736 ;;;***
24738 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18310
24739 ;;;;;; 14597))
24740 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24742 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24743 Play Solitaire.
24745 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24746 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24747 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24748 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24749 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24750 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24751 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24752 check after each move or undo)
24754 What is Solitaire?
24756 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24757 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24758 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24760 Le Solitaire
24761 ============
24763 o o o
24765 o o o
24767 o o o o o o o
24769 o o o . o o o
24771 o o o o o o o
24773 o o o
24775 o o o
24777 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24778 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24779 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24780 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24782 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24783 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24784 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24785 this: o o .
24787 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24788 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24790 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24792 o o o
24794 . o o
24796 o o . o o o o
24798 o . o o o o o
24800 o o o o o o o
24802 o o o
24804 o o o
24806 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24808 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24810 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24812 ;;;***
24814 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24815 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24816 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18310 14577))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24818 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24820 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24821 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24823 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24824 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24825 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24826 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24827 contiguous.
24829 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24830 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24832 the sort order.
24834 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24835 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24837 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24838 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24839 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24840 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24841 is called.
24843 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24844 It should move point to the end of the record.
24846 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24847 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24848 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24849 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24850 starts at the beginning of the record.
24852 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24853 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24854 same as ENDRECFUN.
24856 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24857 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24859 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24861 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24862 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24863 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24864 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24865 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24866 the sort order.
24868 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24870 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24871 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24872 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24873 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24874 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24875 the sort order.
24877 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24879 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24880 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24881 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24882 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 the sort order.
24886 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24887 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24889 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24890 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24891 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24892 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24893 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24894 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24895 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24896 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24897 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24899 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24901 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24902 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24903 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24904 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24905 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24906 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24907 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24908 the sort order.
24910 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24912 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24913 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24914 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24915 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24916 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24917 is to be used for sorting.
24918 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24919 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24920 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24921 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24922 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24924 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24926 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24927 the sort order.
24929 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24930 starting with the letter \"f\",
24931 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24933 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24935 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24936 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24937 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24938 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24939 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24940 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24941 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24942 the sort order.
24944 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24945 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24946 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24947 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24948 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24950 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24952 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24953 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24954 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24956 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24958 ;;;***
24960 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18310
24961 ;;;;;; 14589))
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24964 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24965 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24967 \(fn)" t nil)
24969 ;;;***
24971 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24972 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24973 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18310 14589))
24974 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24976 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24977 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24979 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24980 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24981 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24983 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24985 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24986 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24987 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24988 server.
24990 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24992 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24993 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24994 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24996 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24998 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24999 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25000 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25001 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25002 Agent is plugged.
25004 \(fn)" t nil)
25006 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25007 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25008 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25009 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25011 \(fn)" t nil)
25013 ;;;***
25015 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25016 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18310 14577))
25017 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25019 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25021 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25022 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25023 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25024 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25025 supported at a time.
25026 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25027 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25031 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25032 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25033 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25034 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25036 \(fn)" t nil)
25038 ;;;***
25040 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25041 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18310 14607))
25042 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25044 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25046 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25047 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25048 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25049 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25050 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25051 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25053 \(fn)" t nil)
25055 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25056 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25057 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25058 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25060 \(fn)" t nil)
25062 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25063 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25064 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25065 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25066 for example, \"word\".
25068 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25070 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25071 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25073 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25075 ;;;***
25077 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18310
25078 ;;;;;; 14597))
25079 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25081 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25082 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25084 \(fn)" t nil)
25086 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25087 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25089 \(fn)" nil nil)
25091 ;;;***
25093 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25094 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25095 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25096 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18310
25097 ;;;;;; 14601))
25098 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25100 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25101 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25103 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25104 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25105 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25106 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25107 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25108 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25109 of the current highlighting list.
25111 For example:
25113 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25114 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25116 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25117 `_t' as data types.
25119 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25121 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25122 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25124 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25125 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25127 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25129 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25130 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25131 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25133 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25135 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25136 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25137 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25138 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25139 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25140 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25141 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25142 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25143 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25145 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25147 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25148 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25149 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25150 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25152 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25153 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25154 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25155 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25157 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25158 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25159 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25161 \(fn)" t nil)
25163 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25164 Major mode to edit SQL.
25166 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25167 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25168 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25170 \\{sql-mode-map}
25171 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25173 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25174 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25175 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25176 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25177 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25178 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25180 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25181 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25183 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25184 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25185 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25187 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25188 (lambda ()
25189 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25191 \(fn)" t nil)
25193 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25194 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25198 `*SQL*'.
25200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25202 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25204 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25205 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25207 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25208 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25209 `*SQL*'.
25211 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25212 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25213 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25214 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25216 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25217 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25219 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25220 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25221 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25222 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25223 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25224 `default-process-coding-system'.
25226 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25228 \(fn)" t nil)
25230 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25231 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25233 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25234 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25235 `*SQL*'.
25237 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25238 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25239 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25240 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25242 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25243 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25245 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25246 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25247 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25248 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25249 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25250 `default-process-coding-system'.
25252 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25256 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25257 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25259 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25260 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25261 `*SQL*'.
25263 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25264 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25266 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25267 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25269 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25270 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25271 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25272 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25273 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25274 `default-process-coding-system'.
25276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25280 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25281 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25283 SQLite is free software.
25285 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25286 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25287 `*SQL*'.
25289 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25290 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25291 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25292 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25294 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25295 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25297 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25298 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25299 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25300 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25301 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25302 `default-process-coding-system'.
25304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25306 \(fn)" t nil)
25308 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25309 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25311 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25313 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25314 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25315 `*SQL*'.
25317 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25318 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25319 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25320 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25322 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25323 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25325 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25326 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25327 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25328 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25329 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25330 `default-process-coding-system'.
25332 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25334 \(fn)" t nil)
25336 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25337 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25339 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25340 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25341 `*SQL*'.
25343 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25344 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25345 defaults, if set.
25347 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25350 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25351 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25352 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25353 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25354 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25355 `default-process-coding-system'.
25357 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25359 \(fn)" t nil)
25361 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25362 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25364 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25365 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25366 `*SQL*'.
25368 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25369 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25371 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25372 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25374 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25375 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25376 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25377 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25378 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25379 `default-process-coding-system'.
25381 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25383 \(fn)" t nil)
25385 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25386 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25388 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25389 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25390 `*SQL*'.
25392 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25393 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25394 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25395 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25397 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25398 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25400 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25401 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25402 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25403 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25404 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25405 `default-process-coding-system'.
25407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25409 \(fn)" t nil)
25411 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25412 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25414 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25415 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25416 `*SQL*'.
25418 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25419 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25420 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25421 `sql-postgres-options'.
25423 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25424 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25432 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25433 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25435 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25436 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25438 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25440 \(fn)" t nil)
25442 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25443 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25445 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25446 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25447 `*SQL*'.
25449 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25450 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25451 defaults, if set.
25453 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25454 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25465 \(fn)" t nil)
25467 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25468 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25470 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25471 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25472 `*SQL*'.
25474 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25475 automatic login.
25477 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25478 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25480 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25481 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25482 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25483 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25485 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25486 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25487 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25488 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25489 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25490 `default-process-coding-system'.
25492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25494 \(fn)" t nil)
25496 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25497 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25499 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25500 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25501 `*SQL*'.
25503 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25504 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25505 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25506 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25507 parameters.
25509 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25510 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25511 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25512 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25513 an empty password.
25515 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25518 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25520 \(fn)" t nil)
25522 ;;;***
25524 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25525 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25526 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25527 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25528 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18310
25529 ;;;;;; 14577))
25530 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25532 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25533 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25534 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25535 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25536 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25537 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25539 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25541 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25543 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25544 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25545 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25546 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25547 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25548 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25549 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25551 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25553 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25554 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25555 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25556 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25557 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25558 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25559 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25561 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25563 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25564 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25565 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25567 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25569 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25570 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25571 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25573 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25575 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25576 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25578 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25580 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25581 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25583 \(fn)" t nil)
25585 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25586 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25588 \(fn)" t nil)
25590 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25591 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25592 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25593 chronologically by command name.
25594 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25596 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25598 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25599 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25600 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25603 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25605 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25607 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25608 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25609 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25610 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25611 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25612 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25613 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25615 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25616 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25617 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25618 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25620 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25624 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25625 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25626 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25627 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25629 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25631 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25632 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25634 \(fn)" t nil)
25636 ;;;***
25638 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25639 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25642 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25643 Studlify-case the region.
25645 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25647 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25648 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25650 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25652 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25653 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25655 \(fn)" t nil)
25657 ;;;***
25659 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18368 29739))
25660 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25662 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25663 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25664 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25665 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25666 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25667 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25669 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25670 is used instead of `load-path'.
25672 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25673 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25674 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25676 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25678 ;;;***
25680 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25681 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25684 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25685 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25686 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25687 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25688 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25689 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25690 original message but it does require a few things:
25692 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25694 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25695 reply buffer.
25697 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25698 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25699 original message.
25701 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25703 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25705 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25706 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25707 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25709 \(fn)" nil nil)
25711 ;;;***
25713 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18310 14577))
25714 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25716 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25717 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25718 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25721 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25723 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25725 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25726 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25727 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it
25728 off.
25730 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25731 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25732 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25736 ;;;***
25738 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18310 14577))
25739 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25741 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25742 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25743 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25744 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25745 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25747 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25749 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25750 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25751 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25752 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25753 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25754 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25755 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25759 ;;;***
25761 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25762 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25763 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25764 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25765 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25766 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25767 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25768 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25769 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25770 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25771 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25772 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25773 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18310 14607))
25774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25776 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25777 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25778 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25780 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25782 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25783 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25785 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25787 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25788 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25790 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25792 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25793 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25795 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25797 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25798 Insert an editable text table.
25799 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25800 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25801 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25802 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25803 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25804 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25805 delimiting them.
25807 Examples:
25809 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25811 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25812 location of point.
25816 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25817 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25818 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25819 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25820 first cell.
25822 +-----+-----+-----+
25823 |-!- | | |
25824 +-----+-----+-----+
25826 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25828 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25829 width, which results as
25831 +--------------+-----+-----+
25832 |-!- | | |
25833 +--------------+-----+-----+
25835 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25836 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25838 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25839 | | |-!- |
25840 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25842 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25843 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25844 width information to `table-insert'.
25846 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25848 instead of
25850 Cell width(s): 5
25852 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25853 work all together.
25855 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25856 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25858 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25859 |-!- | | |
25860 | | | |
25861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25863 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25865 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25866 |-!- | | |
25867 | | | |
25868 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25869 | | | |
25870 | | | |
25871 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25873 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25875 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25876 | | | |
25877 | | | |
25878 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25879 | | | |
25880 | | | |
25881 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25884 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25885 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25886 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25888 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25889 | | | |
25890 | | | |
25891 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25892 | | | |
25893 | | | |
25894 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25895 |-!- | | |
25896 | | | |
25897 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25899 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25900 results.
25902 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25903 | | | |
25904 | | | |
25905 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25906 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25907 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25908 | | |expected results.-!- |
25909 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25910 | | | |
25911 | | | |
25912 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25914 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25916 \\{table-cell-map}
25918 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25920 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25921 Insert N table row(s).
25922 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25923 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25924 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25925 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25927 \(fn N)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25930 Insert N table column(s).
25931 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25932 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25933 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25934 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25936 \(fn N)" t nil)
25938 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25939 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25940 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25942 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25944 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25945 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25946 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25947 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25948 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25949 all the table specific features.
25951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25953 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25954 Not documented
25956 \(fn)" t nil)
25958 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25959 Recognize all tables within region.
25960 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25961 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25962 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25963 specific features.
25965 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25968 Not documented
25970 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25972 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25973 Recognize a table at point.
25974 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25975 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25976 the table specific features.
25978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25980 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25981 Not documented
25983 \(fn)" t nil)
25985 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25986 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25987 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25988 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25989 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25990 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25991 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25993 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25995 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25996 Not documented
25998 \(fn)" t nil)
26000 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26001 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26002 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26003 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26004 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26005 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26006 specified.
26008 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26010 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26011 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26012 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26013 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26014 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26015 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26016 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26017 table structure.
26019 \(fn N)" t nil)
26021 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26022 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26023 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26024 table's rectangle structure.
26026 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26028 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26029 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26030 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26031 table's rectangle structure.
26033 \(fn N)" t nil)
26035 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26036 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26037 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26038 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26039 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26041 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26043 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26044 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26045 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26047 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26048 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26049 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26050 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26051 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26052 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26053 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26055 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26056 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26057 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26058 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26059 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26060 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26061 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26063 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26064 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26065 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26066 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26067 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26068 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26069 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26070 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26072 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26074 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26075 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26076 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26077 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26081 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26082 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26083 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26085 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26087 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26088 Split current cell vertically.
26089 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26091 \(fn)" t nil)
26093 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26094 Split current cell horizontally.
26095 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26097 \(fn)" t nil)
26099 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26100 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26101 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26103 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26105 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26106 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26107 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26108 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26110 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26112 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26113 Justify cell contents.
26114 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26115 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26116 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26117 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26119 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26121 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26122 Justify cells of a row.
26123 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26124 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26126 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26128 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26129 Justify cells of a column.
26130 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26131 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26133 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26135 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26136 Toggle fixing width mode.
26137 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26138 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26139 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26143 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26144 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26145 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26146 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26147 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26148 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26149 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26150 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26151 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26152 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26153 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26155 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26157 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26158 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26159 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26160 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26161 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26162 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26163 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26164 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26165 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26166 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26167 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26168 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26169 untouched.
26171 References used for this implementation:
26173 HTML:
26174 http://www.w3.org
26176 LaTeX:
26177 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26179 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26180 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26181 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26183 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26185 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26186 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26187 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26188 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26189 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26190 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26191 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26192 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26193 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26194 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26195 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26196 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26197 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26198 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26199 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26200 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26201 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26203 Example:
26205 (progn
26206 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26207 (table-forward-cell 15)
26208 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26209 (table-forward-cell 16)
26210 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26211 (table-forward-cell 1)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26214 (progn
26215 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26216 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26217 (table-forward-cell 1)
26218 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26220 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26222 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26223 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26224 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26225 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26226 consists from cells of same height.
26228 \(fn N)" t nil)
26230 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26231 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26232 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26233 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26234 column must consists from cells of same width.
26236 \(fn N)" t nil)
26238 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26239 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26240 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26241 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26242 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26243 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26244 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26245 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26246 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26247 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26248 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26249 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26250 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26251 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26252 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26255 Example 1:
26257 1, 2, 3, 4
26258 5, 6, 7, 8
26259 , 9, 10
26261 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26262 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26263 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26264 specified as 5.
26266 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26267 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26268 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26269 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26270 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26271 | | 9 | 10 | |
26272 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26274 Note:
26276 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26277 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26278 of each row is optional.
26281 Example 2:
26283 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26284 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26285 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26286 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26287 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26289 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26290 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26292 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26293 expression and raw delimiter regular
26294 expression, it parses the specified text
26295 area and extracts cell items from
26296 non-table text and then forms a table out
26297 of them.
26299 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26300 creates a single cell table. The text in
26301 the specified region is placed in that
26302 cell.-*-
26304 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26305 like this.
26307 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26308 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26309 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26311 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26312 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26313 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26314 | area and extracts cell items from |
26315 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26316 | of them. |
26318 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26319 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26320 | the specified region is placed in that |
26321 | cell. |
26322 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26324 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26325 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26326 independently.
26328 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26329 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26330 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26331 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26332 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26333 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26334 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26335 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26336 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26337 | |of them. |
26338 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26339 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26340 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26341 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26342 | |cell. |
26343 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26345 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26346 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26347 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26349 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26351 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26352 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26353 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26354 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26355 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26357 \(fn)" t nil)
26359 ;;;***
26361 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18310 14577))
26362 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26364 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26365 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26367 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26369 ;;;***
26371 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18310 14577))
26372 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26374 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26375 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26376 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26377 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26378 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26379 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26380 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26382 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26383 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26384 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26385 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26387 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26388 \\{tar-mode-map}
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26392 ;;;***
26394 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18310 14601))
26396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26398 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26399 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26400 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26401 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26402 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26403 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26405 Variables controlling indentation style:
26406 `tcl-indent-level'
26407 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26408 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26409 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26411 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26412 documentation for details):
26413 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26414 Controls action of TAB key.
26415 `tcl-auto-newline'
26416 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26417 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26418 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26419 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26420 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26422 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26423 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26424 already exist.
26426 Commands:
26427 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26429 \(fn)" t nil)
26431 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26432 Run inferior Tcl process.
26433 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26434 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26436 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26438 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26439 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26440 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26442 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26444 ;;;***
26446 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18310 14594))
26447 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26448 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26450 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26451 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26452 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26453 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26455 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26456 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26457 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26458 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26459 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26461 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26462 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26464 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26465 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26466 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26467 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26469 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26471 ;;;***
26473 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18310
26474 ;;;;;; 14577))
26475 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26477 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26478 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26479 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26480 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26481 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26482 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26484 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26486 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26487 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26488 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26489 commands to use in that buffer.
26491 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26493 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26495 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26496 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26498 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26500 ;;;***
26502 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18310
26503 ;;;;;; 14577))
26504 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26506 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26507 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26508 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26509 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26510 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26511 program as keyboard input.
26513 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26514 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26515 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26516 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26518 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26519 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26520 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26521 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26522 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26524 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26526 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26527 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26528 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26529 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26531 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26532 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26533 subprocess started.
26535 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26537 ;;;***
26539 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26540 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
26541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26543 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26544 Start coverage on function under point.
26546 \(fn)" t nil)
26548 ;;;***
26550 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18310 14597))
26551 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26553 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26554 Play the Tetris game.
26555 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26556 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26557 as to form complete rows.
26559 tetris-mode keybindings:
26560 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26561 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26562 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26563 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26564 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26565 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26566 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26567 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26568 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26570 \(fn)" t nil)
26572 ;;;***
26574 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26575 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26576 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26577 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26578 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26579 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26580 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26581 ;;;;;; (18310 14607))
26582 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26584 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26585 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26587 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26589 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26590 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26591 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26592 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26593 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26595 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26597 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26598 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26599 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26600 if it matches the first line of the file,
26601 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26603 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26605 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26606 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26607 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26608 if the variable is non-nil.")
26610 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26612 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26613 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26615 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26617 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26618 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26619 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26620 See the documentation of that variable.")
26622 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26624 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26625 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26626 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26627 See the documentation of that variable.")
26629 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26631 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26632 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26633 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26634 See the documentation of that variable.")
26636 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26638 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26639 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26640 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26641 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26642 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26644 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26646 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26647 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26648 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26649 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26651 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26653 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26654 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26655 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26657 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26659 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26660 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26661 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26662 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26664 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26666 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26667 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26668 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26669 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26671 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26673 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26674 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26675 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26676 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26678 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26679 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26680 for example,
26682 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26683 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26685 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26686 use.")
26688 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26690 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26691 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26692 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26693 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26694 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26696 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26698 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26700 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26701 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26702 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26704 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26706 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26707 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26708 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26709 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26710 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26712 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26714 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26715 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26717 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26719 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26720 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26722 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26724 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26725 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26726 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26727 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26728 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26729 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26730 says which mode to use.
26732 \(fn)" t nil)
26734 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26736 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26738 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26740 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26741 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26742 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26743 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26744 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26746 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26747 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26748 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26749 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26750 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26751 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26752 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26754 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26755 mismatched $'s or braces.
26757 Special commands:
26758 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26760 Mode variables:
26761 tex-run-command
26762 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26763 tex-directory
26764 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26765 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26766 tex-dvi-print-command
26767 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26768 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26769 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26770 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26771 tex-dvi-view-command
26772 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26773 tex-show-queue-command
26774 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26775 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26777 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26778 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26779 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26781 \(fn)" t nil)
26783 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26784 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26785 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26786 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26787 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26789 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26790 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26791 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26792 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26793 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26794 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26795 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26797 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26798 mismatched $'s or braces.
26800 Special commands:
26801 \\{latex-mode-map}
26803 Mode variables:
26804 latex-run-command
26805 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26806 tex-directory
26807 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26808 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26809 tex-dvi-print-command
26810 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26811 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26812 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26813 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26814 tex-dvi-view-command
26815 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26816 tex-show-queue-command
26817 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26818 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26820 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26821 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26822 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26824 \(fn)" t nil)
26826 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26827 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26828 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26829 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26830 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26832 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26833 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26834 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26835 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26836 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26837 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26838 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26840 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26841 mismatched $'s or braces.
26843 Special commands:
26844 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26846 Mode variables:
26847 slitex-run-command
26848 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26849 tex-directory
26850 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26851 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26852 tex-dvi-print-command
26853 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26854 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26855 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26856 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26857 tex-dvi-view-command
26858 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26859 tex-show-queue-command
26860 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26861 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26863 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26864 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26865 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26866 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26868 \(fn)" t nil)
26870 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26871 Not documented
26873 \(fn)" nil nil)
26875 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26876 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26878 \(fn)" t nil)
26880 ;;;***
26882 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26883 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18310 14607))
26884 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26886 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26887 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26888 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26889 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26891 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26892 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26893 Info-split to do these manually.
26895 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26897 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26898 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26899 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26900 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26901 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26903 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26905 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26906 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26907 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26908 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26910 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26911 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26912 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26913 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26915 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26916 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26918 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26920 ;;;***
26922 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26923 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18310 14607))
26924 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26926 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26927 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26929 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26931 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26932 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26934 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26936 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26937 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26939 It has these extra commands:
26940 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26942 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26943 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26944 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26945 modified version of TeX input format.
26947 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26948 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26949 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26950 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26952 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26953 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26954 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26955 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26956 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26957 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26958 in the Texinfo file.
26960 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26961 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26962 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26963 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26964 move forward past the closing brace.
26966 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26967 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26969 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26970 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26971 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26973 Here are the functions:
26975 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26976 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26977 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26979 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26980 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26981 texinfo-master-menu
26983 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26985 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26986 which menu descriptions are indented.
26988 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26989 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26990 in the region.
26992 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26993 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26994 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26995 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26997 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26998 be the first node in the file.
27000 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27001 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27003 \(fn)" t nil)
27005 ;;;***
27007 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27008 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27009 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27010 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
27011 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27013 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27014 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27015 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27016 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27020 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27021 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27023 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27025 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27026 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27028 \(fn)" t nil)
27030 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27031 Not documented
27033 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27035 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27036 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27037 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27038 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27039 to compose.
27041 The return value is number of composed characters.
27043 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27045 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27046 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27050 ;;;***
27052 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27053 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27054 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18310 14577))
27055 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27057 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27058 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27060 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27062 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27063 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27064 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27065 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27066 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27068 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27069 a symbol as a valid THING.
27071 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27072 of the textual entity that was found.
27074 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27076 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27077 Return the THING at point.
27078 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27079 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27080 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27082 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27083 a symbol as a valid THING.
27085 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27087 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27088 Not documented
27090 \(fn)" nil nil)
27092 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27093 Not documented
27095 \(fn)" nil nil)
27097 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27098 Not documented
27100 \(fn)" nil nil)
27102 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27103 Not documented
27105 \(fn)" nil nil)
27107 ;;;***
27109 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27110 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27111 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
27112 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27114 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27115 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27117 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27119 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27120 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27121 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27122 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27124 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27126 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27127 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27129 \(fn)" t nil)
27131 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27132 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27134 \(fn)" t nil)
27136 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27138 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27139 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27141 \(fn)" t nil)
27143 ;;;***
27145 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27146 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27147 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27148 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27149 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27150 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18310 14591))
27151 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27153 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27154 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27155 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27157 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27159 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27160 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27162 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27164 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27165 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27166 The returned string has no composition information.
27168 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27170 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27171 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27173 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27175 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27176 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27178 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27180 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27181 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27182 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27183 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27187 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27188 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27189 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27190 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27192 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27194 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27195 Not documented
27197 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27199 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27200 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27201 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27203 \(fn)" t nil)
27205 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27206 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27207 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27209 \(fn)" t nil)
27211 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27212 Not documented
27214 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27216 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27217 Not documented
27219 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27221 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27222 Not documented
27224 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27226 ;;;***
27228 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27229 ;;;;;; (18310 14607))
27230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27232 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27233 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27234 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27235 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27236 parameters.
27237 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27239 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27241 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27242 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27243 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27244 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27245 parameters.
27246 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27248 \(fn)" t nil)
27250 ;;;***
27252 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27253 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18310 14578))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27256 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27257 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27259 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27261 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27262 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27263 This display updates automatically every minute.
27264 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27265 are displayed as well.
27266 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27268 \(fn)" t nil)
27270 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27271 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27272 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27275 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27277 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27279 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27280 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27281 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27283 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27284 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27285 are displayed as well.
27286 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27290 ;;;***
27292 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27293 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27294 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27295 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18310
27296 ;;;;;; 14580))
27297 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27299 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27300 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27302 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27304 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27305 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27306 You can use `float-time' instead.
27308 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27311 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27313 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27315 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27316 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27318 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27320 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27321 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27323 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27325 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27326 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27327 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27329 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27331 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27333 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27334 Subtract two time values.
27335 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27337 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27339 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27340 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27342 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27344 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27345 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27346 DATE should be a date-time string.
27348 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27350 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27351 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27352 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27354 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27356 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27357 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27359 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27362 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27364 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27366 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27367 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27368 TIME should be a time value.
27369 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27371 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27373 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27374 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27375 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27377 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27379 ;;;***
27381 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27382 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18310 14578))
27383 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27384 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27385 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27386 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27387 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27388 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27390 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27391 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27393 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27394 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27395 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27396 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27397 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27398 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27399 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27400 look like one of the following:
27401 Time-stamp: <>
27402 Time-stamp: \" \"
27403 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27404 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27405 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27406 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27407 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27408 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27409 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27410 the template.
27412 \(fn)" t nil)
27414 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27415 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27416 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27420 ;;;***
27422 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27423 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27424 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27425 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27426 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27429 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27430 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27431 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27432 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27433 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27434 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27435 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27436 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27437 display (non-nil means on).
27439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27441 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27442 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27443 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27444 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27445 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27446 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27447 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27448 this function is called within a day.
27450 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27451 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27452 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27453 discover the name of the project.
27455 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27457 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27458 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27459 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27460 begun during the last time segment.
27462 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27463 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27464 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27465 discover the reason.
27467 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27469 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27470 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27471 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27472 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27473 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27475 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27477 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27478 Change to working on a different project.
27479 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27480 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27481 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27482 working on.
27484 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27486 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27487 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27488 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27490 \(fn)" nil nil)
27492 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27493 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27494 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27496 \(fn)" t nil)
27498 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27499 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27500 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27501 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27502 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27503 \"relative to today\".
27505 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27507 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27508 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27509 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27510 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27512 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27514 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27515 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27516 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27517 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27518 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27519 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27521 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27523 ;;;***
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27526 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27527 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18310 14582))
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27530 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27532 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27533 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27535 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27537 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27538 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27539 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27540 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27542 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27544 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27545 Perform an action at time TIME.
27546 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27547 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27548 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27549 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27550 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27551 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27552 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27553 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27554 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27555 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27556 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27558 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27560 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27562 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27563 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27564 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27565 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27566 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27568 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27570 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27572 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27573 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27574 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27575 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27577 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27579 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27580 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27581 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27582 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27583 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27584 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27585 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27587 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27588 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27590 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27592 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27593 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27595 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27596 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27597 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27598 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27599 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27600 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27601 be detected.
27603 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27605 ;;;***
27607 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27608 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18310 14590))
27609 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27611 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27612 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27613 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27614 the generated Quail package is saved.
27616 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27618 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27619 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27620 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27621 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27622 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27623 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27624 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27626 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27628 ;;;***
27630 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27631 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18310
27632 ;;;;;; 14591))
27633 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27635 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27636 Not documented
27638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27640 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27641 Not documented
27643 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27645 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27646 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27647 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27648 PATTERN regexp.
27650 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27652 ;;;***
27654 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27655 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18310 14578))
27656 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27657 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27658 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27659 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27661 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27662 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27663 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27664 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27665 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27667 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27669 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27670 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27671 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27672 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27673 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27675 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27677 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27678 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27679 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27680 in the menu in two ways:
27681 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27682 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27683 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27685 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27686 keymap or an alist of alists.
27687 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27688 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27690 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27692 ;;;***
27694 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27695 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27696 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18310 14580))
27697 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27699 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27700 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27702 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27704 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27705 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27707 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27709 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27710 Insert new TODO list entry.
27711 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27712 category.
27714 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27716 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27717 List top priorities for each category.
27719 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27720 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27722 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27723 between each category.
27725 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27727 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27728 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27729 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27730 between each category.
27732 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27734 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27736 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27737 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27739 \\{todo-mode-map}
27741 \(fn)" t nil)
27743 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27744 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27746 \(fn)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27749 Show TODO list.
27751 \(fn)" t nil)
27753 ;;;***
27755 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27756 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27757 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27760 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27762 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27763 Add an item to the tool bar.
27764 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27765 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27766 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27767 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27769 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27770 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27771 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27772 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27774 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27775 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27777 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27779 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27780 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27781 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27782 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27783 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27784 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27786 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27787 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27788 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27789 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27791 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27793 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27794 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27795 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27796 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27797 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27798 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27799 properties to add to the binding.
27801 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27803 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27804 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27806 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27808 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27809 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27810 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27811 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27812 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27813 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27814 properties to add to the binding.
27816 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27817 holds a keymap.
27819 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27821 ;;;***
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27824 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27827 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27828 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27829 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27832 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27834 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27836 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27837 TPU/edt emulation.
27839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27841 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27843 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27844 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27846 \(fn)" t nil)
27848 ;;;***
27850 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27851 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (18310 14582))
27852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27854 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27855 Set scroll margins.
27857 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27859 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27860 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27862 \(fn)" t nil)
27864 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27865 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27869 ;;;***
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18310 14582))
27872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27874 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27875 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27876 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27877 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27878 to a tcp server on another machine.
27880 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27882 ;;;***
27884 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27885 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18310 14582))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27888 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27889 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27891 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27893 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27894 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27895 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27896 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27897 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27898 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27899 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27900 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27902 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27904 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27905 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27906 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27907 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27908 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27909 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27910 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27911 the window or buffer configuration.
27913 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27915 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27917 ;;;***
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27921 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27922 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (18355 36599))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27925 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27926 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27927 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27929 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27930 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27931 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27932 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27934 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27935 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27936 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27937 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27939 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27940 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27941 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27942 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27943 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27944 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27945 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27946 files which are not really tramp files.
27948 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27949 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27950 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27951 updated after changing this variable.
27953 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27955 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27957 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27958 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27959 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27960 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27962 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27963 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27964 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27965 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27967 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27968 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27969 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27971 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27972 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27973 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27974 updated after changing this variable.
27976 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27978 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27980 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27981 Alist of completion handler functions.
27982 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27983 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27984 normal Emacs functions.")
27986 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27987 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27988 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27989 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27991 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27992 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27993 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27994 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27996 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27997 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27998 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28000 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28002 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28003 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28004 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28006 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28007 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28009 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28010 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28011 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28012 (add-hook
28013 'after-init-hook
28014 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28016 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28017 Not documented
28019 \(fn)" nil nil)
28021 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28022 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28024 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28026 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28027 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28029 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28031 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28032 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28034 \(fn)" t nil)
28036 ;;;***
28038 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28039 ;;;;;; (18355 36599))
28040 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28042 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28043 Not documented
28045 \(fn)" nil nil)
28047 ;;;***
28049 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18310
28050 ;;;;;; 14578))
28051 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28053 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28054 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28055 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28056 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28057 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28058 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28059 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28060 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28062 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28063 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28064 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28066 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28067 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28068 resumed later.
28070 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28072 ;;;***
28074 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28075 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18310 14607))
28076 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28077 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28078 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28079 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28081 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28082 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28083 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28084 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28085 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28086 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28087 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28089 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28091 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28092 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28093 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28094 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28096 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28098 \(fn)" t nil)
28100 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28101 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28102 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28103 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28104 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28105 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28106 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28108 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28109 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28111 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28112 \\___/\\
28113 / \\
28114 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28116 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28120 ;;;***
28122 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28123 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28124 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28125 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28126 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
28127 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28129 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28130 Toggle typing break mode.
28131 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28132 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28133 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28135 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28137 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28138 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28140 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28142 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28143 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28145 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28146 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28147 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28149 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28150 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28152 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28154 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28155 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28157 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28158 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28159 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28160 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28162 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28164 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28165 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28166 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28168 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28169 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28170 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28171 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28172 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28173 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28175 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28176 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28177 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28178 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28180 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28181 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28183 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28184 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28186 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28188 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28189 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28190 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28192 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28193 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28194 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28195 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28196 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28197 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28198 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28200 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28201 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28203 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28204 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28205 reset the keystroke counter.
28207 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28208 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28209 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28210 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28212 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28213 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28214 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28215 `type-break-schedule' command.
28217 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28218 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28219 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28220 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28221 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28222 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28223 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28224 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28225 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28227 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28228 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28229 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28230 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28231 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28233 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28234 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28235 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28236 approximate good values for this.
28238 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28239 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28241 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28242 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28243 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28244 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28245 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28246 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28248 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28249 a typing break occur. They include:
28251 `type-break-query-mode'
28252 `type-break-query-function'
28253 `type-break-query-interval'
28255 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28257 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28258 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28259 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28260 problems.
28262 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28264 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28265 Take a typing break.
28267 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28268 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28270 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28271 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28273 \(fn)" t nil)
28275 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28276 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28277 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28278 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28280 \(fn)" t nil)
28282 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28283 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28285 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28286 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28287 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28288 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28289 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28290 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28291 average typing speed.)
28293 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28294 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28295 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28296 the computed maximum threshold.
28298 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28299 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28300 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28301 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28302 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28304 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28306 ;;;***
28308 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28309 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18310 14607))
28310 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28312 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28313 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28314 Works by overstriking underscores.
28315 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28316 which specify the range to operate on.
28318 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28320 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28321 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28322 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28323 which specify the range to operate on.
28325 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28327 ;;;***
28329 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28330 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18310 14591))
28331 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28333 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28334 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28335 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28337 \(fn)" t nil)
28339 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28340 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28341 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28342 following the containing message.
28344 \(fn)" t nil)
28346 ;;;***
28348 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28349 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28352 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28353 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28354 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28355 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28356 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28357 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28359 \(fn)" nil nil)
28361 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28362 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28364 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28366 ;;;***
28368 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18310
28369 ;;;;;; 14582))
28370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28372 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28373 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28374 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28375 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28377 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28379 ;;;***
28381 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28382 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18310 14608))
28383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28385 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28386 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28387 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28389 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28390 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28391 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28392 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28393 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28394 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28396 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28397 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28398 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28400 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28401 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28402 the callback is not called).
28404 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28405 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28406 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28407 take effect.
28409 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28411 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28412 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28413 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28414 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28415 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28417 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28419 ;;;***
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28422 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18370 62979))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28425 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28426 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28427 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28429 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28430 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28431 `url-generic-parse-url'
28432 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28433 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28434 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28435 realm
28436 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28437 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28438 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28439 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28440 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28441 what type of auth to use
28442 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28443 if one cannot be found in the cache
28445 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28447 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28448 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28450 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28451 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28452 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28453 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28454 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28455 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28456 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28457 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28459 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28461 ;;;***
28463 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28464 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18310
28465 ;;;;;; 14608))
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28468 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28469 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28471 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28473 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28474 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28476 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28478 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28479 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28481 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28483 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28484 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28486 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28488 ;;;***
28490 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18310 14608))
28491 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28493 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28494 Not documented
28496 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28498 ;;;***
28500 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28501 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18310 14608))
28502 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28504 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28505 Not documented
28507 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28509 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28510 Not documented
28512 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28514 ;;;***
28516 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18310
28517 ;;;;;; 14608))
28518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28520 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28521 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28523 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28525 ;;;***
28527 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28528 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18310 14608))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28531 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28532 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28534 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28536 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28537 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28538 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28539 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28540 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28542 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28544 ;;;***
28546 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28547 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28548 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28551 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28552 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28553 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28556 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28558 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28560 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28561 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28565 (autoload (quote url-file-handler) "url-handlers" "\
28566 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28567 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28568 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28570 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28573 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28574 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28575 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28576 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28577 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28578 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28579 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28580 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28582 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28584 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28585 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28586 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28587 accessible.
28589 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28591 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28592 Not documented
28594 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28596 ;;;***
28598 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28599 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18310 14608))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28602 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28603 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28604 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28605 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28606 CBARGS as the arguments.
28608 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28610 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28611 Not documented
28613 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28615 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28617 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28618 Not documented
28620 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28622 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28623 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28624 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28626 Property list members:
28628 methods
28629 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28630 supports.
28633 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28634 supported.
28636 dasl
28637 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28639 ranges
28640 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28643 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28644 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28645 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28646 Emacs/W3.
28648 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28650 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28651 Default HTTPS port.")
28653 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28654 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28656 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28657 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28658 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28659 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28660 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28662 ;;;***
28664 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18310 14608))
28665 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28667 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28668 Not documented
28670 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28672 ;;;***
28674 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18310
28675 ;;;;;; 14608))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28678 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28679 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28680 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28681 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28682 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28684 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28686 ;;;***
28688 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28689 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28692 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28693 Not documented
28695 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28697 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28698 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28700 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28702 ;;;***
28704 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28705 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18310 14608))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28708 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28709 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28711 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28713 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28714 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28718 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28719 Not documented
28721 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28723 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28725 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28727 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28729 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28730 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28732 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28734 ;;;***
28736 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28737 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28740 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28741 Not documented
28743 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28745 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28746 Not documented
28748 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28750 ;;;***
28752 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28753 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28754 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28755 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28757 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28758 Not documented
28760 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28762 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28763 Not documented
28765 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28767 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28768 Not documented
28770 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28772 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28773 Not documented
28775 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28777 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28778 Not documented
28780 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28782 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28783 Not documented
28785 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28787 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28788 Not documented
28790 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28792 ;;;***
28794 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28795 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18310 14608))
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28798 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28799 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28801 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28804 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28805 Format is:
28806 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28808 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28810 ;;;***
28812 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28813 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28814 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28816 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28817 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28819 \(fn)" t nil)
28821 ;;;***
28823 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28824 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28825 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
28826 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
28827 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
28828 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
28829 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18375 10572))
28830 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28832 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28833 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28834 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28836 If t, all messages will be logged.
28837 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28838 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28840 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28842 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28843 Not documented
28845 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28847 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28848 Not documented
28850 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28852 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28853 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28854 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28855 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28856 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28857 & ==> &amp;
28858 < ==> &lt;
28859 > ==> &gt;
28860 \" ==> &quot;
28862 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28864 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28865 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28866 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28871 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28872 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28874 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28876 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28877 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28879 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28881 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28882 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28884 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28887 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28889 \(fn X)" nil nil)
28891 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28892 Not documented
28894 \(fn N)" nil nil)
28896 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28897 Not documented
28899 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28901 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28902 Not documented
28904 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28906 (autoload (quote url-file-directory) "url-util" "\
28907 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
28909 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28911 (autoload (quote url-file-nondirectory) "url-util" "\
28912 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
28914 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
28916 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28917 Not documented
28919 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28921 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28922 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28923 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28924 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28925 forbidden in URL encoding.
28927 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28929 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28930 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28931 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28932 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28933 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28934 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28936 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28938 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28939 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28940 If optional variable X is t,
28941 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28943 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28945 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28946 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28947 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28949 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28951 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28952 View the current document's URL.
28953 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28954 the minibuffer.
28956 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28958 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28960 ;;;***
28962 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28963 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18310 14578))
28964 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28966 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28967 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28968 This function has a choice of three things to do:
28969 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28970 to refrain from editing the file
28971 return t (grab the lock on the file)
28972 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28973 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28974 in any way you like.
28976 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28979 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28980 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28981 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28982 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28984 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28985 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28987 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
28989 ;;;***
28991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18375 10572))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28993 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28995 ;;;***
28997 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28998 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28999 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29002 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29003 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29004 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29005 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29007 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29009 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29010 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29011 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29013 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29015 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29016 Uudecode region between START and END.
29017 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29019 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29021 ;;;***
29023 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29024 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29025 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29026 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29027 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29028 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29029 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18339 43351))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29032 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29033 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29034 See `run-hooks'.")
29036 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29038 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29039 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29040 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29042 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29044 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29045 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29046 See `run-hooks'.")
29048 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29050 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29051 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29053 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29055 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29056 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29058 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29060 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29061 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29062 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29063 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29064 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29065 somebody else, signal error.
29067 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29069 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29070 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29071 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29072 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29073 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29075 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29077 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29078 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29079 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29080 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29081 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29082 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29083 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29084 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29085 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29086 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29087 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29088 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29090 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29092 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29093 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29095 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29096 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29098 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29099 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29100 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29101 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29102 lock steals will raise an error.
29104 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29106 For RCS and SCCS files:
29107 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29108 control.
29109 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29110 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29111 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29112 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29113 it performs a revert.
29114 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29115 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29116 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29117 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29118 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29119 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29120 the option to steal the lock.
29122 For CVS files:
29123 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29124 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29125 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29126 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29127 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29128 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29129 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29130 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29131 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29133 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29135 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29136 Register the current file into a version control system.
29137 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29138 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29140 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29141 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29142 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29143 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29144 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29145 first backend that could register the file is used.
29147 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29149 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29150 Display diffs between file versions.
29151 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29152 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29153 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29154 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29155 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29156 saving the buffer.
29158 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29160 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29161 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29162 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29163 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29165 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29167 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29168 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29169 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29170 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29172 \(fn)" t nil)
29174 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29175 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29176 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29177 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29178 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29179 from the current branch.
29181 See Info node `Merging'.
29183 \(fn)" t nil)
29185 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29187 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29188 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29190 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29192 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29193 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29195 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29197 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29198 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29199 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29200 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29201 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29202 are checked out in that new branch.
29204 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29206 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29207 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29208 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29209 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29210 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29211 allowed and simply skipped).
29213 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29215 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29216 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29217 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29219 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29221 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29222 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29223 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29224 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29225 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29227 \(fn)" t nil)
29229 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29230 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29231 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29232 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29233 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29234 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29236 \(fn)" t nil)
29238 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29239 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29240 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29242 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29244 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29245 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29246 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29247 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29248 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29249 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29250 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29252 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29254 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29255 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29256 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29257 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29258 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29259 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29260 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29261 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29262 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29264 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29266 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29267 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29269 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29271 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29272 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29273 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29274 directory.
29276 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29278 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29279 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29280 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29282 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29283 log entries should be gathered.
29285 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29287 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29288 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29290 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29291 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29292 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29293 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29294 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29295 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29297 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29298 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29299 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29300 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29301 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29302 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29303 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29304 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29306 Customization variables:
29308 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29309 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29310 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29311 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29313 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29315 ;;;***
29317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18316 51172))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29319 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29320 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29321 (progn
29322 (load "vc-arch")
29323 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29325 ;;;***
29327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18310 14578))
29328 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29330 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29331 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29333 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29334 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29335 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29336 (progn
29337 (load "vc-bzr")
29338 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29340 ;;;***
29342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18310 14578))
29343 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29344 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29345 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29346 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29347 (load "vc-cvs")
29348 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29350 ;;;***
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18310 14578))
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29354 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29355 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29356 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29357 (progn
29358 (load "vc-git")
29359 (vc-git-registered file))))
29361 ;;;***
29363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18310 14578))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29365 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29366 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29367 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29368 (progn
29369 (load "vc-hg")
29370 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29372 ;;;***
29374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18310 14578))
29375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29376 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29377 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29378 (progn
29379 (load "vc-mcvs")
29380 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29382 ;;;***
29384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18383 1610))
29385 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29387 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29389 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29390 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29391 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29392 (progn
29393 (load "vc-mtn")
29394 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29396 ;;;***
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29399 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29402 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29403 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29404 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29406 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29407 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29409 ;;;***
29411 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29412 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29413 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29415 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29416 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29417 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29419 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29420 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29422 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29423 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29424 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29425 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29427 ;;;***
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18316 51172))
29430 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29431 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29432 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29433 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29434 "_svn")
29435 (t ".svn"))))
29436 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29437 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29438 (file-name-directory f)))
29439 (load "vc-svn")
29440 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29442 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29444 ;;;***
29446 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29447 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29449 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29451 (autoload (quote vera-mode) "vera-mode" "\
29452 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29454 Usage:
29455 ------
29457 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29458 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29459 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29460 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29462 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29463 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29464 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29465 completions.
29467 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29468 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29470 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29471 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29473 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29474 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29475 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29477 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29480 Maintenance:
29481 ------------
29483 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29484 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29486 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29488 Official distribution is at
29489 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29492 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29493 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29495 Key bindings:
29496 -------------
29498 \\{vera-mode-map}
29500 \(fn)" t nil)
29502 ;;;***
29504 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29505 ;;;;;; (18383 1614))
29506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29508 (autoload (quote verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "\
29509 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29510 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29511 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29512 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29514 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29516 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29517 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29519 Supports highlighting.
29521 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29522 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29524 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29526 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29527 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29528 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29529 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29530 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29531 on the left side of your screen.
29532 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29533 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29534 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29535 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29536 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29537 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29538 function keyword.
29539 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29540 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29541 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29542 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29543 if (a)
29544 begin
29545 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29546 Indentation for case statements.
29547 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29548 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29549 mark after an end.
29550 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29551 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29552 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29553 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29554 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29555 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29556 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29557 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29558 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29559 if (a)
29560 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29561 otherwise you get:
29562 if (a)
29563 begin
29564 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29565 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29566 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29567 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29568 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29569 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29570 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29571 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29572 comments in tight quarters.
29573 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
29574 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29576 Variables controlling other actions:
29578 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29579 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29580 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29582 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29584 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29586 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29587 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29588 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29590 Some other functions are:
29592 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29593 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29594 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29595 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29596 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29598 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29599 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29600 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end;.
29601 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29603 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert a always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29604 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29605 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29606 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29607 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29608 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a nice header block at the top of file.
29609 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29610 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29611 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29612 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29613 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29614 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29615 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29616 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29617 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29618 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29619 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29620 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29621 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29622 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29623 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29624 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29625 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29626 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29627 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29628 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29629 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29630 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29632 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29633 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29635 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29637 \(fn)" t nil)
29639 ;;;***
29641 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29642 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29645 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29646 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29648 Usage:
29649 ------
29651 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29652 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29653 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29654 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29655 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29656 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29657 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29658 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29659 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29661 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29662 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29663 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29664 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29666 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29667 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29668 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29669 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29670 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29672 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29673 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29676 HEADER INSERTION:
29677 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29678 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29679 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29682 STUTTERING:
29683 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29684 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29685 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29686 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29688 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29689 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29690 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29691 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29692 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29695 WORD COMPLETION:
29696 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29697 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29698 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29699 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29701 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29702 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29703 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29704 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29705 beginning with \"std\").
29707 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29708 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29709 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29710 stop.
29713 COMMENTS:
29714 `--' puts a single comment.
29715 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29716 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29717 with a comment in between.
29718 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29719 out following lines.
29720 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29721 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29723 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29724 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29725 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29726 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29727 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29728 non-nil.
29730 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29731 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29732 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29733 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29734 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29735 multi-line comments.
29738 INDENTATION:
29739 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29740 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29741 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29742 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29744 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29745 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29746 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29747 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29749 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29750 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29751 and vice versa.
29753 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29754 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29757 ALIGNMENT:
29758 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29759 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29760 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29761 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29762 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29763 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29764 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29765 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29767 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29768 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29769 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29770 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29771 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29772 is non-nil.
29774 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29775 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29776 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29778 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29779 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29782 CODE FILLING:
29783 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29784 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29785 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29786 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29787 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29788 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29791 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29792 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29793 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29794 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29795 command:
29797 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29800 PORT TRANSLATION:
29801 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29802 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29803 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29804 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29805 internal signal initializations (menu).
29807 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29808 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29809 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29811 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29812 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29813 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29814 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29815 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29816 in subsequent paste operations.)
29818 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29819 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29820 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29823 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29824 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29825 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29826 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29827 association list with formals).
29830 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29831 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29832 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29833 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29834 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29835 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29836 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29837 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29838 `vhdl-testbench'.
29841 KEY BINDINGS:
29842 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29845 VHDL MENU:
29846 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29849 FILE BROWSER:
29850 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29851 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29852 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29854 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29855 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29858 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29859 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29860 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29861 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29863 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29864 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29865 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29867 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29868 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29869 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29870 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29872 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29873 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29874 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29875 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29876 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29878 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29879 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29880 required by secondary units.
29883 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29884 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29885 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29886 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29887 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29888 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29889 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29890 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29891 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29892 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29893 inputs to this component -> input port created
29894 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29895 outputs from this component -> output port created
29896 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29897 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29899 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29900 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29901 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29902 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29903 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29905 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29906 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29908 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29909 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29910 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29911 component instantiation is also supported (option
29912 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29914 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29915 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29916 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29917 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29918 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29919 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29920 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29921 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29922 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29923 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29924 | generating the configuration.
29926 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29927 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29928 | configurations in speedbar.
29930 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29933 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29934 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29935 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29936 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29937 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29938 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29939 information. New compilers can be added.
29941 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29942 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29945 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29946 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29947 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29948 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29949 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29951 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29952 command:
29954 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29955 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29956 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29958 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29959 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29960 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29961 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29962 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29963 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29964 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29966 Limitations:
29967 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29968 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29969 not (yet) supported.
29970 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29971 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29972 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29975 PROJECTS:
29976 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29977 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29978 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29979 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29980 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29981 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29982 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29983 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29985 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29986 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29987 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29988 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29989 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29990 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29991 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29992 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29993 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29994 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29995 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29998 SPECIAL MENUES:
29999 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30000 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30001 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30002 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30003 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30004 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30005 current directory for VHDL source files.
30008 VHDL STANDARDS:
30009 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30010 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30013 KEYWORD CASE:
30014 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30015 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30016 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30017 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30018 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30019 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30020 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30021 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30024 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30025 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30026 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30027 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30028 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30029 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30030 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30032 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30033 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30034 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30035 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30036 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30037 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30039 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30040 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30041 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30042 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30043 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30044 visually.
30046 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30047 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30048 highlighted if written in lower case.
30050 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30051 highlighted using a different background color if option
30052 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30054 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30055 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30056 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30057 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30058 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30061 USER MODELS:
30062 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30063 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30064 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30067 HIDE/SHOW:
30068 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30069 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30070 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30071 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30072 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30075 CODE UPDATING:
30076 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30077 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30078 Limitations:
30079 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30080 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30081 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30082 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30083 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30084 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30085 (used to obtain the port names).
30088 CODE FIXING:
30089 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30090 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30093 PRINTING:
30094 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30095 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30096 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30097 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30098 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30099 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30100 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30101 printers.
30104 OPTIONS:
30105 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30106 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30107 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30108 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30109 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30111 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30112 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30113 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30114 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30115 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30116 INSTALL file).
30118 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30119 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30122 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30123 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30124 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30125 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30127 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30130 HINTS:
30131 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30132 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30134 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30136 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30138 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30141 RELEASE NOTES:
30142 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30145 Maintenance:
30146 ------------
30148 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30149 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30151 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30153 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30154 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30155 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30156 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30158 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30159 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30160 where the latest version can be found.
30163 Known problems:
30164 ---------------
30166 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30167 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30168 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30171 The VHDL Mode Authors
30172 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30174 Key bindings:
30175 -------------
30177 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30179 \(fn)" t nil)
30181 ;;;***
30183 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18112 30478))
30184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30186 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30187 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30188 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30189 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30191 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30192 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30193 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30194 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30195 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30197 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30198 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30200 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30202 * Limitations and unsupported features
30203 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30204 not supported.
30205 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30206 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30208 * Modifications
30209 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30210 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30211 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30212 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30213 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30214 for undoing a repeated change command.
30215 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30216 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30217 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30219 * Extensions
30220 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30221 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30222 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30223 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30224 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30225 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30226 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30227 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30229 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30231 \(fn)" t nil)
30233 ;;;***
30235 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30236 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30237 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30238 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18310 14591))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30241 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30242 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30244 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30246 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30247 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30248 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30249 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30251 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30253 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30254 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30256 \(fn)" t nil)
30258 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30259 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30260 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30261 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30263 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30265 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30266 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30268 \(fn)" t nil)
30270 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30271 Not documented
30273 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30275 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30276 Not documented
30278 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30280 ;;;***
30282 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30283 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30284 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18330
30285 ;;;;;; 34098))
30286 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30288 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30289 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30290 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30291 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30293 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30295 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30296 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30297 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30298 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30299 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30300 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30301 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30303 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30305 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30307 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30308 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30309 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30310 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30312 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30313 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30314 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30315 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30316 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30318 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30320 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30322 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30323 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30324 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30325 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30326 buffer.
30328 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30329 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30330 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30331 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30332 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30334 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30336 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30338 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30339 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30341 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30342 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30344 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30348 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30349 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30350 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30352 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30354 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30355 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30356 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30357 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30358 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30359 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30360 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30361 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30363 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30365 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30366 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30367 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30369 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30371 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30372 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30373 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30374 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30375 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30376 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30377 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30378 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30380 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30382 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30383 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30384 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30386 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30388 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30389 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30390 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30391 turn it off.
30393 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30394 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30395 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30396 read-only.
30397 \\<view-mode-map>
30398 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30399 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30400 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30401 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30402 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30404 H, h, ? This message.
30405 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30406 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30407 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30408 > move to the end of buffer.
30409 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30410 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30411 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30412 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30413 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30414 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30415 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30416 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30417 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30418 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30419 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30420 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30421 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30422 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30423 Use this to view a changing file.
30424 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30425 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30426 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30427 . set the mark.
30428 x exchanges point and mark.
30429 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30430 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30431 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30432 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30433 ' go to position saved in character register.
30434 s do forward incremental search.
30435 r do reverse incremental search.
30436 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30437 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30438 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30439 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30440 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30441 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30442 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30443 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30444 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30445 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30446 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30447 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30448 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30449 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30450 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30451 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30452 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30454 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30455 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30456 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30457 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30458 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30459 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30460 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30461 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30462 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30464 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30468 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30469 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30470 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30471 `view-return-to-alist'.
30472 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30473 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30474 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30476 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30477 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30478 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30479 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30480 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30481 1) nil Do nothing.
30482 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30483 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30484 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30485 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30487 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30489 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30491 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30493 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30494 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30496 \(fn)" t nil)
30498 ;;;***
30500 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18310
30501 ;;;;;; 14582))
30502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30504 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30505 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30507 \(fn)" nil nil)
30509 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30510 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30512 \(fn)" t nil)
30514 ;;;***
30516 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30517 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
30518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30520 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30521 Toggle Viper on/off.
30522 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30524 \(fn)" t nil)
30526 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30527 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30529 \(fn)" t nil)
30531 ;;;***
30533 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30534 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
30535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30537 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30538 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30539 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30540 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30541 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30542 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30543 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30544 the beginning of the warning.")
30546 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30547 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30548 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30549 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30550 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30551 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30552 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30553 also call that function before the next warning.")
30555 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30556 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30558 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30559 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30560 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30561 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30563 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30564 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30565 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30566 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30567 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30568 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30570 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30571 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30572 Default is :warning.
30574 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30575 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30576 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30577 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30578 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30579 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30581 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30582 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30583 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30585 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30587 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30588 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30590 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30592 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30593 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30594 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30595 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30597 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30598 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30599 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30600 can be whatever you like.)
30602 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30603 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30605 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30606 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30607 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30608 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30609 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30611 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30613 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30614 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30615 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30616 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30617 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30619 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30621 ;;;***
30623 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30624 ;;;;;; (18335 29123))
30625 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30627 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30628 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30629 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30630 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30631 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30632 in disk.
30634 See `wdired-mode'.
30636 \(fn)" t nil)
30638 ;;;***
30640 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18310 14595))
30641 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30643 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30644 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30646 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30647 hotlist.
30649 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30650 <nwv@acm.org>.
30652 \(fn)" t nil)
30654 ;;;***
30656 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30657 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
30658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30659 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30660 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30662 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30664 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30665 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30666 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30669 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30671 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30673 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30674 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30675 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30676 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30678 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30679 and off otherwise.
30681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30683 ;;;***
30685 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30686 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30687 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30688 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30689 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30690 ;;;;;; (18326 18335))
30691 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30692 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30693 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30694 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30695 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30696 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30698 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30699 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30701 \(fn)" t nil)
30703 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30704 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30706 \(fn)" t nil)
30708 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30709 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30711 \(fn)" t nil)
30713 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30714 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30716 \(fn)" t nil)
30718 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30719 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30721 \(fn)" t nil)
30723 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30724 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30725 These are:
30726 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30727 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30728 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30729 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30730 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30732 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30733 and:
30734 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30735 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30737 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30739 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30740 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30742 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30744 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30745 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30746 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30747 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30748 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30750 \(fn)" t nil)
30752 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30753 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30755 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30757 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30759 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30760 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30761 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30764 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30766 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30768 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30769 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30770 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
30772 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30773 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30777 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30778 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30779 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30781 \(fn)" nil nil)
30783 ;;;***
30785 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30786 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18310 14578))
30787 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30789 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30790 Browse the widget under point.
30792 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30794 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30795 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30797 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30799 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30800 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30802 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30804 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30805 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30806 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30810 ;;;***
30812 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30813 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18310
30814 ;;;;;; 14578))
30815 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30817 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30818 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
30820 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30822 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30823 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30824 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30826 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30828 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30829 Create widget of TYPE.
30830 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30832 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30834 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30835 Delete WIDGET.
30837 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30839 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30840 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30842 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30844 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30846 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30847 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30848 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30850 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30851 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30853 \(fn)" nil nil)
30855 ;;;***
30857 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30858 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18310
30859 ;;;;;; 14578))
30860 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30862 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30863 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30864 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30865 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30866 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30867 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30868 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30872 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30873 Select the window above the current one.
30874 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30875 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30876 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30877 negative ARG) of the current window.
30878 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30882 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30883 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30884 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30885 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30886 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30887 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30888 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30892 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30893 Select the window below the current one.
30894 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30895 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30896 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30897 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30898 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30902 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30903 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30904 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30905 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30907 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30909 ;;;***
30911 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30912 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30915 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30916 Toggle Winner mode.
30917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30918 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30920 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30922 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30923 Toggle Winner mode.
30924 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30928 ;;;***
30930 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30931 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18316 51172))
30932 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30934 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30935 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30936 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30937 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30938 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30939 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30940 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30941 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30943 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30944 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30946 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30948 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30949 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30951 \(fn)" t nil)
30953 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30954 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30955 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30956 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30957 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30958 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30959 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30960 `woman' command for further details.
30962 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30964 ;;;***
30966 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30967 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
30968 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30970 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30971 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30973 BUGS:
30974 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30975 are not implemented
30976 - Options for search and replace
30977 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30978 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30980 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30981 Emacs-like.
30983 The key bindings are:
30985 C-a backward-word
30986 C-b fill-paragraph
30987 C-c scroll-up-line
30988 C-d forward-char
30989 C-e previous-line
30990 C-f forward-word
30991 C-g delete-char
30992 C-h backward-char
30993 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30994 C-j help-for-help
30995 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30996 C-l ws-repeat-search
30997 C-n open-line
30998 C-p quoted-insert
30999 C-r scroll-down-line
31000 C-s backward-char
31001 C-t kill-word
31002 C-u keyboard-quit
31003 C-v overwrite-mode
31004 C-w scroll-down
31005 C-x next-line
31006 C-y kill-complete-line
31007 C-z scroll-up
31009 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31010 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31011 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31012 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31013 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31014 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31015 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31016 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31017 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31018 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31019 C-k b ws-begin-block
31020 C-k c ws-copy-block
31021 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31022 C-k f find-file
31023 C-k h ws-show-markers
31024 C-k i ws-indent-block
31025 C-k k ws-end-block
31026 C-k p ws-print-block
31027 C-k q kill-emacs
31028 C-k r insert-file
31029 C-k s save-some-buffers
31030 C-k t ws-mark-word
31031 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31032 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31033 C-k v ws-move-block
31034 C-k w ws-write-block
31035 C-k x kill-emacs
31036 C-k y ws-delete-block
31038 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31039 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31040 C-o j justify-current-line
31041 C-o k kill-buffer
31042 C-o l list-buffers
31043 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31044 C-o r set-fill-column
31045 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31046 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31047 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31048 C-o wo other-window
31049 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31051 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31052 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31053 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31054 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31055 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31056 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31057 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31058 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31059 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31060 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31061 C-q a ws-query-replace
31062 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31063 C-q c end-of-buffer
31064 C-q d end-of-line
31065 C-q f ws-search
31066 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31067 C-q l ws-undo
31068 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31069 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31070 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31071 C-q w ws-last-error
31072 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31073 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31075 \(fn)" t nil)
31077 ;;;***
31079 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31080 ;;;;;; (18310 14579))
31081 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31083 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31084 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31085 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31086 Returns the top node with all its children.
31087 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31088 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31090 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31092 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31093 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31094 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31095 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31096 is not well-formed XML.
31097 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31098 and returned as the first element of the list.
31099 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31101 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31103 ;;;***
31105 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18310
31106 ;;;;;; 14579))
31107 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31109 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31110 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31111 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31113 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31114 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31116 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31118 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31119 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31120 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31121 it off.
31123 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31124 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31125 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31126 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31127 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31128 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31132 ;;;***
31134 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31135 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18310 14589))
31136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31138 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31139 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31141 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31143 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31144 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31146 \(fn)" nil nil)
31148 ;;;***
31150 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31151 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18310 14597))
31152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31154 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31155 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31157 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31159 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31160 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31162 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31164 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31165 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31166 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31168 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31170 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31171 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31173 \(fn)" t nil)
31175 ;;;***
31177 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18310 14597))
31178 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31180 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31181 Zone out, completely.
31183 \(fn)" t nil)
31185 ;;;***
31187 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31233 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31234 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31235 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31236 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31237 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31238 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31239 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31240 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31241 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31243 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31244 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31245 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31246 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31247 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31248 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31249 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31250 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31251 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31252 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31253 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31254 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31255 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31256 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31257 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31258 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31259 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31260 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31261 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31262 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31263 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31264 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31265 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31266 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31267 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31268 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31269 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31270 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31271 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31272 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31273 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31274 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31275 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31276 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31277 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31278 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31279 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31280 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31281 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31282 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31283 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31284 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31285 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31286 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31287 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31288 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31289 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31290 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31291 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31292 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31293 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31294 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31295 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31296 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31297 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31298 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31299 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31300 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31301 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31302 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31303 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31304 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31305 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31306 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
31307 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
31308 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31309 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
31310 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31311 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31312 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31313 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31314 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18385 28669 600418))
31319 ;;;***
31321 ;; Local Variables:
31322 ;; version-control: never
31323 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31324 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31325 ;; End:
31326 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here